{"title":"Gifts Under $20","description":"\u003cp\u003eGifts under $20 for friends, family and coworkers, from stacking rings and wallets to handy small gadgets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eJewelry gifts include gold stainless steel stacking rings in 20 styles, a Celtic knot spinner ring in 8 mm stainless steel and a half eternity stacking ring in 8 styles. For men, a slim vertical bifold wallet in PU leather or a paracord wrist strap bracelet works. A tinted lip balm crayon is a pretty 2-in-1 stocking filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePractical gifts include a phone ring holder with a 360 degree finger grip, no-drill suction cup shower hooks, a digital thermometer hygrometer with a clock and a gas stove canister adapter for campers. A dog owner might like a poop bag dispenser with an LED flashlight and carabiner. Check sizes on rings before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGifts Under $20 questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat small gift works for many people?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone ring holder, a tinted lip balm crayon or a set of stacking rings suits many tastes and needs little knowledge of size, so it works for friends and coworkers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a good under $20 gift for a man?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA slim bifold wallet, a paracord wrist strap bracelet or a Celtic knot spinner ring is a simple choice for him, and each one is easy to wrap and give.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ones suit pet owners or campers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA poop bag dispenser with an LED flashlight and carabiner helps on evening dog walks. A gas stove canister adapter with auto-off suits campers who cook outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"rubber-dog-chew-toy-ring-disc-bone","title":"Rubber Dog Chew Toy – Ring Links, Flying Disc or Bone, Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003eThese blue rubber dog chew toys give a dog something allowed to gnaw on: three linked rings wrapped in rope for tug-of-war, a flying disc for fetch, or a small bone with fabric tassels to carry around. The ring links are about 9 inches long, big enough for two hands on the tug. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pet-supplies\"\u003ePet Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing links\u003c\/strong\u003e – three textured rings joined by a rope-wrapped centre ring, for tug and toss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlying disc\u003c\/strong\u003e – a flexible royal-blue disc for fetch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall bone\u003c\/strong\u003e – a ridged bone with fabric tassels for carrying and chewing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTextured rubber\u003c\/strong\u003e – raised nubs and ribs give the teeth something to work on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright blue\u003c\/strong\u003e – easy to spot in grass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSynthetic TPE rubber; rope or fabric on the links and bone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRing links size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 9 × 4.25 in (22.9 × 10.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStyles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRing links, flying disc, small bone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 toy in the chosen style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafe play\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupervise play and remove the toy when it is damaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a size your dog cannot fit entirely in its mouth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich dog chew toy should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePick the ring links dog chew toy for tug and chewing, the flying disc for fetch in the garden, and the small bone with fabric tassels for a puppy or small dog that likes to carry toys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the ring links dog chew toy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ring links dog chew toy is about 9 in (22.9 cm) long and 4.25 in (10.8 cm) wide, three linked rings with rope wrapped round the middle one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dog chew toys made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rubber parts of these dog chew toys are a synthetic TPE rubber, according to the maker's image; the ring links and bone add rope or fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the dog chew toys indestructible?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo dog chew toy is indestructible; check the toy before each play session and take it away once pieces start to break off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Outward Hound","offers":[{"title":"Ring Links with Rope","offer_id":42336845135942,"sku":"6ef0ae76-a961-4641-ad68-fcf52b9f4f00","price":19.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Flying Disc","offer_id":42336845070406,"sku":"ff504cba-e089-4c2b-b07c-3df5a353e546","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Small Bone","offer_id":42336845103174,"sku":"ef2cf9c5-42a9-493a-9378-53fb25ab8b22","price":22.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/c6c4c96601809398d41bda7a650c9004.jpg?v=1733174893"},{"product_id":"dog-poop-bags-paw-print-rolls","title":"Dog Poop Bags – 10 Rolls, 15 per Roll, Paw Print, 23 x 29.5 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDog poop bags are the thing you never want to run out of halfway through a walk, so this pack shows 10 small rolls that slip into a pocket or leash holder. Each bag opens to about 23 x 29.5 cm and is printed with paw marks. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pet-supplies\"\u003ePet Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePocket rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e – 15 bags per roll, each about 5.7 cm wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoomy bag\u003c\/strong\u003e – about 23 x 29.5 cm flat for small and large dogs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePaw print\u003c\/strong\u003e – printed bags in photos of the rolls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBin ready\u003c\/strong\u003e – tie the top closed and drop it in a bin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDog waste bag rolls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBag size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 x 29.5 cm (9.05 x 11.61 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRoll width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.7 cm (2.2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBags per roll\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRolls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 in photos\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 bags\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 rolls of 15 bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing them\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTear one bag at the perforation, open it over your hand and turn it inside out over the waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep them away from small children and pets, as with any plastic bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many dog poop bags are in the pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe photos show 10 rolls of 15 dog poop bags per roll, 150 bags in all. The supplier's pack label should be checked if you want an exact count before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the dog poop bags?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach of the dog poop bags measures about 23 x 29.5 cm (9.05 x 11.61 in) when flat, and each roll is about 5.7 cm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the dog poop bags fit a holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMost leash holders take a small roll, and these dog poop bag rolls are 5.7 cm wide. Measure your holder before ordering if it is narrow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these bags biodegradable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, we do not claim these dog poop bags are biodegradable or recycled. Tie them closed and put them in a bin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42360966742086,"sku":"SAL-241210-017","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/main-image-1_267d5373-b713-46b6-a225-21324d2ef437.jpg?v=1733864181"},{"product_id":"cat-laser-pointer-pen-red-green-purple","title":"Cat Laser Pointer Pen – Red, Green or Purple Light, 1 to 3 Pens","description":"\u003cp\u003eA cat laser pointer pen gets a lazy indoor cat chasing a dot across the floor while you sit on the sofa. This slim black pen has a push button and pocket clip and gives a red, green or purple beam, sold singly or in sets of 2 or 3. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pet-supplies\"\u003ePet Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePush-button use\u003c\/strong\u003e – press to light, release to stop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePocket clip\u003c\/strong\u003e – the pen clips into a shirt pocket between games\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree beam colours\u003c\/strong\u003e – red, green and purple, as named on each option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSets\u003c\/strong\u003e – 1 pen, a 2 pen colour pair, or all 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaser pointer pen for cat play\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed, green, purple\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, 2 or 3 pens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower and class\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1, 2 or 3 pens as chosen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep away from children; this is not a toy for them to hold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not point at people, animals' eyes, vehicles or aircraft.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a cat laser pointer pen safe for my cat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNever aim the cat laser pointer pen at a cat's eyes, or at anyone's. Sweep the dot along the floor and end play with a real toy the cat can catch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power of the cat laser pointer pen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier gives no power rating or laser class for this cat laser pointer pen, so keep it away from children and treat it as a laser, not a torch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the colours?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cat laser pointer pen colours name the light it gives: red, green or purple. You can order one pen, two colours together, or all three.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the cat laser pointer pen include batteries?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier page does not state the battery type or whether batteries are included for the cat laser pointer pen, so have some ready or ask us first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Red (1 PCS)","offer_id":42409316155462,"sku":"SAL-250101-008","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green (1 PCS)","offer_id":42409316188230,"sku":"SAL-250101-009","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple (1 PCS)","offer_id":42409316220998,"sku":"SAL-250101-0010","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \u0026 Purple (2 PCS)","offer_id":42409316253766,"sku":"SAL-250101-0011","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \u0026 Green (2 PCS)","offer_id":42409316286534,"sku":"SAL-250101-0012","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \u0026 Purple (2 PCS)","offer_id":42409316319302,"sku":"SAL-250101-0013","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \u0026 Green and Purple (3 PCS)","offer_id":42409316352070,"sku":"SAL-250101-0014","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/main-image-1_5c465b9d-9e97-4798-a2a5-fb144e7af9b1.jpg?v=1735858350"},{"product_id":"non-slip-stainless-steel-pet-bowl-for-cats-dogs-large-medium-small-sizes","title":"Stainless Steel Pet Bowl – Silicone Non-Slip Base, 420 to 1700 ml","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis stainless steel pet bowl stays where your dog or cat left it, because a silicone ring on the base grips the floor as they push and lick. The inner bowl is plain steel with rolled edges, and the outer shell brings color and a paw print. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pet-supplies\"\u003ePet Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone ring underneath\u003c\/strong\u003e – helps the bowl hold on a sloped or smooth floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded rim\u003c\/strong\u003e – smooth edges for a muzzle and for your hands while washing up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e – small for cats and toy dogs, medium for most small dogs, large for bigger breeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – Dark Blue, Light Blue, Red, Grey, Green and Pink, handy if each pet needs their own bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, silicone base pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSmall (14 cm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 cm top, 5.5 cm high, 420 ml, 14 oz, 102 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedium (18 cm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 cm top, 6.1 cm high, 800 ml, 27 oz, 151 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLarge (22 cm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 cm top, 8.3 cm high, 1700 ml, 57 oz, 243 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.51, 7.09 or 8.66 in across the top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size pet bowl does my dog need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA 14 cm pet bowl holds 420 ml for cats and toy dogs, an 18 cm holds 800 ml for small dogs, and a 22 cm holds 1700 ml for medium and larger dogs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the stainless steel bowl slide on the floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe stainless steel bowl has an anti-slip silicone pad underneath that resists sliding on smooth floors. A very enthusiastic eater can still shift it, so a mat underneath helps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean a stainless steel pet bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash the stainless steel pet bowl by hand with warm soapy water after meals, then dry it, and check the silicone pad is clean underneath. Replace any bowl with damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Dark Blue \/ 14 cm","offer_id":42416432709702,"sku":"SAL-250106-18000","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Blue \/ 18 cm","offer_id":42416432742470,"sku":"SAL-250106-005","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Blue \/ 22 cm","offer_id":42416432775238,"sku":"SAL-250106-0010","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 14 cm","offer_id":42416432808006,"sku":"SAL-250106-0070","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 18 cm","offer_id":42416432840774,"sku":"SAL-250106-006","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 22 cm","offer_id":42416432873542,"sku":"SAL-250106-00011","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 14 cm","offer_id":42416432906310,"sku":"SAL-250106-0071","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 18 cm","offer_id":42416432939078,"sku":"SAL-250106-007","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 22 cm","offer_id":42416432971846,"sku":"SAL-250106-00014","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 14 cm","offer_id":42416433004614,"sku":"SAL-250106-00710","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 18 cm","offer_id":42416433037382,"sku":"SAL-250106-008","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 22 cm","offer_id":42416433070150,"sku":"SAL-250106-00012","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 14 cm","offer_id":42416433102918,"sku":"SAL-250106-00712","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 18 cm","offer_id":42416433135686,"sku":"SAL-250106-009","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 22 cm","offer_id":42416433168454,"sku":"SAL-250106-00016","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Blue \/ 14 cm","offer_id":42416433201222,"sku":"SAL-250106-00711","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Blue \/ 18 cm","offer_id":42416433233990,"sku":"SAL-250106-00015","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Blue \/ 22 cm","offer_id":42416433266758,"sku":"SAL-250106-00013","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/main-image-1_6215e65c-f1e6-4a7d-8796-8e6b732d35f0.jpg?v=1735925018"},{"product_id":"pet-grooming-glove-deshedding-bathing-massage-brush-for-cats-dogs","title":"Pet Grooming Glove – Rubber Tips for Loose Hair, 22 x 15 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eA pet grooming glove suits the cat who runs from a brush: you stroke as usual, and the rubber tips on the palm and fingers gather loose fur into a mat you can peel off. It also works in the bath, spreading shampoo through the coat. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pet-supplies\"\u003ePet Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRubber tips on five fingers\u003c\/strong\u003e – reach around legs, chest and under the chin, where a stiff brush is awkward\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeel-off fur\u003c\/strong\u003e – loose hair collects on the tips and lifts away in one piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable mesh back\u003c\/strong\u003e – the top of the hand stays cooler during a long session\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook-and-loop wrist strap\u003c\/strong\u003e – tightens at the 7 cm cuff so the glove stays on a wet hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber tips, mesh back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCuff\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 cm, hook-and-loop strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhotos show a right-hand glove\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBaby Blue, Green, Pink, Purple, Red, Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the pet grooming glove come as a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pet grooming glove is shown as a single glove for the right hand. If you groom left-handed, message us before you buy so we can check for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the grooming glove be used on short-haired pets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the grooming glove works by stroking, so it can suit short coats and many cats. For deep mats or a very thick undercoat, a proper comb reaches further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean a pet grooming glove?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeel off the fur, rinse the pet grooming glove under running water, then let it air dry with the strap open. Avoid high heat so the rubber keeps its shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a rubber grooming glove gentle on skin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGo lightly at first with a rubber grooming glove and stop if your pet pulls away. Do not use it over cuts, sores or irritated skin, and ask your vet about skin problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Baby Blue","offer_id":42425760940102,"sku":"SAL-250109-001","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":42425760972870,"sku":"SAL-250109-002","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42425761005638,"sku":"SAL-250109-003","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":42425761038406,"sku":"SAL-250109-004","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42425761071174,"sku":"SAL-250109-005","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42425761103942,"sku":"SAL-250109-006","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/main-image-1_6e6a5ff1-0ffd-46b6-b15e-38d6b76fa684.jpg?v=1736447475"},{"product_id":"squeaky-goose-dog-toy-plush-fleece","title":"Squeaky Goose Dog Toy – Plush Fleece Squeaker, Blue, Grey or Brown","description":"\u003cp\u003eLong wings and floppy feet give a dog plenty to hold on this squeaky goose dog toy, and the squeaker inside keeps the game going. It is plush fleece with a ribbed white neck, in blue, grey or brown. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pet-supplies\"\u003ePet Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in squeaker\u003c\/strong\u003e – no battery, with a sound made only by biting and squeezing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFleece body\u003c\/strong\u003e – soft in the mouth for dogs that carry toys around\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong goose shape\u003c\/strong\u003e – wings, feet and neck make it easy to hold for tug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRibbed neck\u003c\/strong\u003e – a crinkled white band gives a different texture to bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – blue, grey or brown, with orange feet and beak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFleece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSound\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSqueaker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDogs and cats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue, Grey, Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 toy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne squeaky goose toy in the color you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlay safely\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWatch your dog during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake the toy away if the seam opens or the squeaker shows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the squeaky goose dog toy squeak?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe squeaky goose dog toy has a squeaker inside the plush body and needs no batteries or charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the goose toy a good fit for strong chewers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe squeaky goose dog toy is soft fleece, and strong chewers can tear plush, so use it for play with you and put it away when the dog starts to rip it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich color should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe squeaky goose dog toy comes in blue, grey or brown, all with orange feet and beak, so the choice only changes the body color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan cats use this toy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier lists this squeaky goose dog toy for dogs and cats, though its size makes it better suited to a dog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":42426030161990,"sku":"SAL-250109-011","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":42426030194758,"sku":"SAL-250109-012","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":42426030227526,"sku":"SAL-250109-013","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/main-image-1_62a15091-d1c7-4c65-9f7d-023ed946e5d2.jpg?v=1736454565"},{"product_id":"dog-poop-bags-with-dispenser-10-rolls","title":"Dog Poop Bags with Dispenser – 10 Rolls, 150 Paw-Print Bags","description":"\u003cp\u003eThese dog poop bags come as 10 rolls of 15 paw-print bags, 150 in all, with a bone-shaped dispenser that clips to the leash so a fresh bag is always at hand on walks. Each roll tears off one bag at a time and fits the dispenser for refills. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pet-supplies\"\u003ePet Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 bags\u003c\/strong\u003e – 10 rolls with 15 bags per roll, enough for weeks of daily walks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeash dispenser\u003c\/strong\u003e – a bone-shaped holder takes one roll and hangs from the leash or bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTear-off rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e – perforated bags pull off one at a time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePaw-print colours\u003c\/strong\u003e – blue, black, red, pink, white, purple, yellow or a mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRolls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBags per roll\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal bags\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispenser\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, bone-shaped, holds one roll\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePaw prints\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide your hand into a bag, pick up the waste, then turn the bag inside out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTie the handles and drop it in a waste bin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many dog poop bags are in the pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pack has 10 rolls of dog poop bags with 15 bags on each roll, 150 bags in total, plus one bone-shaped dispenser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the dog poop bag dispenser clip to a leash?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the bone-shaped dog poop bag dispenser holds one roll and hangs from the leash or a bag strap, so a bag pulls out one at a time on the walk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the dog poop bags biodegradable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe do not call these dog poop bags biodegradable or compostable, because there is no test certificate on file; bin them with general waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Mix colour option mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMix gives 10 rolls of dog poop bags in assorted paw-print colours chosen at random; the other options are 10 rolls of one colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":42426590462022,"sku":"SAL-250109-0020","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mixed Colours","offer_id":42426590494790,"sku":"SAL-250109-0021","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42426590527558,"sku":"SAL-250109-0022","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42426590560326,"sku":"SAL-250109-0023","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42426590593094,"sku":"SAL-250109-0024","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White with Black Paws","offer_id":42426590625862,"sku":"SAL-250109-0025","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":42426590658630,"sku":"SAL-250109-0026","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":42426590691398,"sku":"SAL-250109-0027","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/main-image-1_44590d26-cfe1-4701-a30b-c10b9d4e91b7.jpg?v=1736459763"},{"product_id":"dog-poop-bag-holder-zip-pouch-carabiner","title":"Dog Poop Bag Holder – Zip Pouch with Carabiner, Printed Patterns","description":"\u003cp\u003eClip this dog poop bag holder to the leash and the roll stays within reach on every walk instead of in a coat pocket. A zip pouch holds the roll, and a round opening on the side feeds one bag at a time. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pet-supplies\"\u003ePet Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarabiner hook\u003c\/strong\u003e – clips on and off a leash handle with one hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZip closure\u003c\/strong\u003e – opens wide to change the roll\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide opening\u003c\/strong\u003e – round slot lets you pull bags out without unzipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 printed patterns\u003c\/strong\u003e – daisy, pastel abstract or bright abstract, each cut from a printed sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoop bag dispenser pouch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal carabiner on a strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePatterns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaisy, Pastel Abstract, Bright Abstract\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBags\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLeash\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDishwasher\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne dog poop bag holder with carabiner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoading a roll\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnzip the pouch and drop in a roll of your usual bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeed the first bag out through the round side opening, then zip the pouch closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the dog poop bag holder come with bags?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the dog poop bag holder comes empty. The bags and leash in the photos are props, so add your own roll.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the poop bag holder attach to a leash?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe dog poop bag holder has a metal carabiner hook on a short strap, which clips on to a leash handle or a bag loop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill my holder look exactly like the photo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach dog poop bag holder is cut from a larger printed sheet, so the pattern placement differs a little from one pouch to the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I pull a bag out?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnzip the dog poop bag holder, drop in a roll and feed the first bag through the round opening on the side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Daisy","offer_id":42426677002310,"sku":"SAL-250109-0018","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pastel Abstract","offer_id":42426677035078,"sku":"SAL-250109-0019","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bright Abstract","offer_id":42426677067846,"sku":"SAL-250109-0020","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/main-image-1_395471d5-62d5-49fa-a989-783272b10636.jpg?v=1736478508"},{"product_id":"dog-poop-bag-holder-mesh-carabiner","title":"Dog Poop Bag Holder – Mesh Zip Pouch with Carabiner Clip, 3 Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis dog poop bag holder clips onto the leash handle so a roll of bags is always with you on the walk, not left in another coat pocket. It is a small zip-up mesh pouch with a cross-shaped slot that feeds out one bag at a time, and the carabiner also hooks onto a backpack or pet carrier. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pet-supplies\"\u003ePet Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarabiner clip\u003c\/strong\u003e – hooks onto a leash, backpack strap or carrier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross-slot dispenser\u003c\/strong\u003e – pull one bag at a time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZip opening\u003c\/strong\u003e – swap in a new roll in seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMesh fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e – a light, soft pouch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree colours\u003c\/strong\u003e – rose red, black or pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging bag holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMesh fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarabiner hook\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBags\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included; fits a standard roll\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 dog poop bag holder (bags not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-wash the mesh pouch in warm soapy water and let it air-dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the carabiner gate closes fully before each walk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the dog poop bag holder come with bags?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the dog poop bag holder comes empty; it takes a standard roll of waste bags, which is bought separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the dog poop bag holder attach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe dog poop bag holder has a carabiner hook that clips onto a leash handle, a backpack strap or a pet carrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you pull a bag out?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFeed the end of the roll through the cross-shaped slot; the dog poop bag holder lets you pull one bag at a time, and the zip opens to change the roll.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Rose Red","offer_id":42426932428870,"sku":"SAL-250109-0028","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42426932461638,"sku":"SAL-250109-0029","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42426932494406,"sku":"SAL-250109-0030","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/main-image-1_d8006db1-0f59-43e7-9c46-90ec5602cf7a.jpg?v=1736479129"},{"product_id":"poop-bag-dispenser-led-flashlight","title":"Poop Bag Dispenser with LED Flashlight – Carabiner Clip, 4 Colors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis poop bag dispenser with LED flashlight is a capsule-shaped holder, about 11 cm long and 4.5 cm wide, that carries a roll of waste bags in the top half and a small torch in the bottom. Press the yellow button and the light shines down, so you can find what you need to pick up on a dark evening walk. A carabiner clips it to the leash, a belt loop or a bag, and the two halves twist apart to change the roll or the battery. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pet-supplies\"\u003ePet Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in LED light\u003c\/strong\u003e – a push button switches on the torch in the base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarabiner clip\u003c\/strong\u003e – hooks onto a leash handle, belt or backpack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwist to open\u003c\/strong\u003e – the halves unscrew to load a new bag roll\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWindow for the bag\u003c\/strong\u003e – pull the next bag out through the side opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-tone colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – white, green, blue or pink with a gray base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaste bag dispenser with LED light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 11 cm long (6.8 + 4.2 cm), 4.5 cm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED with push-button switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarabiner clip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite, green, blue or pink with gray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I turn on the light on the poop bag dispenser?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePress the yellow button on the side of the poop bag dispenser to switch the LED flashlight in the base on or off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the poop bag dispenser come with bags?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe photos of the poop bag dispenser show a roll of bags loaded inside; keep standard roll bags at home to refill it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I change the bag roll?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwist the poop bag dispenser apart in the middle, drop a new roll into the top half, feed the first bag through the window and twist it closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wash the poop bag dispenser?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe the poop bag dispenser clean with a damp cloth; it holds a battery and light, so do not submerge it or put it in the dishwasher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"White and Gray","offer_id":42427144994886,"sku":"SAL-250109-038","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green and Gray","offer_id":42427145027654,"sku":"SAL-250109-039","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue and Gray","offer_id":42427145060422,"sku":"SAL-250109-040","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink and Gray","offer_id":42427145093190,"sku":"SAL-250109-041","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/main-image-1_f70ac1a5-e1d9-4844-b974-d7a1149ff8bf.jpg?v=1736480782"},{"product_id":"dog-hair-bows-200-pack-rubber-bands","title":"Dog Hair Bows – 200 Small Grooming Bows with Rubber Bands, Mixed","description":"\u003cp\u003eThese dog hair bows come as a pack of 200 small ribbon bows in mixed colors and prints, each on its own rubber band, for tying up a topknot after grooming. Every bow measures about 3.6 x 2.4 cm and weighs around 0.5 g, small enough to sit on the head of a toy breed or a long-haired cat without pulling. A pack this size lets a groomer or a multi-pet home change bows after every bath or match them to an outfit. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pet-supplies\"\u003ePet Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 200\u003c\/strong\u003e – enough bows for a grooming table or many changes at home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed prints\u003c\/strong\u003e – dots, stripes, checks and solid colors across the pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRubber band fixing\u003c\/strong\u003e – each bow is already on a small rubber band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.6 x 2.4 cm bows\u003c\/strong\u003e – sized for small dogs and long-haired cats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout 0.5 g each\u003c\/strong\u003e – light on the hair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePet hair bows with rubber bands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 bows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBow size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.6 x 2.4 cm (1.42 x 0.95 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.5 g per bow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber band\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMixed colors and prints\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many dog hair bows are in the pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe dog hair bow pack holds 200 bows in mixed colors and prints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big are the dog hair bows?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach dog hair bow measures about 3.6 x 2.4 cm (1.42 x 0.95 in) and weighs around 0.5 g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I put a hair bow on my dog?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGather a small tuft of hair on top of the head, twist the rubber band of the dog hair bow around it two or three times, and keep it loose enough not to pull the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I leave the dog hair bows on unattended?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTake dog hair bows off before your pet is left alone or goes to sleep, since a pet may chew and swallow a bow or the rubber band.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42430125932614,"sku":"SAL-250103-0012223","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/main-image-1_1bb2e8bd-962f-437c-85e3-7b912f232ce7.jpg?v=1736502391"},{"product_id":"dog-treat-pouch-belt-clip-training-bag","title":"Dog Treat Pouch – Belt Clip Training Bag, 9 x 13 cm, Mesh Pocket","description":"\u003cp\u003eRecall practice goes better when the reward is at your hip, and this dog treat pouch clips to a belt so a treat is one reach away. It measures 9 x 4 x 13 cm in Oxford cloth with a nylon liner. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pet-supplies\"\u003ePet Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBelt clip\u003c\/strong\u003e – loop and clip at the back hold it on a belt or waistband\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide top\u003c\/strong\u003e – the opening lets a hand reach in for treats mid-walk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMesh front pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e – a place for bags, keys or a clicker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiner cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e – a nylon liner sits between treats and the Oxford outer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – red, black or camouflage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 x 4 x 13 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOuter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOxford cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLiner\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNylon cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDog\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed, Black, Camouflage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne dog treat pouch in the color you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeping it clean\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmpty out crumbs after each walk so old treats do not build up inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the liner cloth with a damp cloth and let it air dry before refilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the dog treat pouch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe dog treat pouch measures 9 x 4 x 13 cm, roomy for a handful of training treats and a roll of bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I wear the treat pouch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe dog treat pouch has a loop and clip at the back, so it hangs from a belt or waistband and leaves both hands free for the leash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill my phone fit in this dog treat bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA small phone can sit in the dog treat pouch, as the supplier photo shows, but at 9 cm wide a large phone may not fit, so measure yours first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the training pouch made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe outer of this dog treat pouch is Oxford cloth with a nylon liner cloth inside, and the front pocket is mesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":42430881005638,"sku":"SAL-2501010-0010ask1","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42430881038406,"sku":"SAL-2501010-0010ask2","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Camouflage","offer_id":42430881071174,"sku":"SAL-2501010-0010ask3","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/main-image-1_fde2835c-953c-4c87-8a30-a39fd5ab9829.jpg?v=1736518505"},{"product_id":"slow-feeder-dog-bowl-flower-spiral","title":"Slow Feeder Dog Bowl – Flower or Spiral Maze, 20 cm, Holds 2 Cups","description":"\u003cp\u003eA slow feeder dog bowl turns a meal your dog would finish in seconds into a small puzzle, because the kibble sits between raised ridges and has to be nosed out. This one is 20 cm across and comes with either curled flower ridges or a single spiral channel. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pet-supplies\"\u003ePet Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo ridge patterns\u003c\/strong\u003e – a flower maze or a coiled spiral channel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortion size\u003c\/strong\u003e – holds about 2 cups in a 4.5 cm deep bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed or water\u003c\/strong\u003e – also shown by the maker as a water bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight choices\u003c\/strong\u003e – red, purple, pink, black or green flowers, or red, blue or purple spirals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic slow feeder bowl for dogs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 20 × 4.5 cm (7.8 × 1.8 in); spiral about 19.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 2 cups\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePatterns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlower or spiral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 slow feeder bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash by hand between meals; food sits in the ridges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the bowl for chew damage and replace it if your dog bites pieces off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much food does the slow feeder dog bowl hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe slow feeder dog bowl holds about 2 cups of food, in a bowl about 20 cm across and 4.5 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the flower and spiral slow feeder dog bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe flower slow feeder dog bowl has curled ridges spreading from the centre, while the spiral one has a single coiled channel and is about 19.5 cm across. Both make a dog pick food out around the ridges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill a slow feeder dog bowl suit a big dog?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis slow feeder dog bowl is a 20 cm size, which suits small and medium portions. Larger dogs may need refilling mid-meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the slow feeder dog bowl hold water too?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The maker also shows the slow feeder dog bowl used for water, though the ridges mean it holds less than a plain bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Red Flower","offer_id":42430982553670,"sku":"SAL-2501010-0010992","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue Spiral","offer_id":42430982586438,"sku":"SAL-2501010-0010993","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple Spiral","offer_id":42430982619206,"sku":"SAL-2501010-0010994","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink Flower","offer_id":42430982651974,"sku":"SAL-2501010-0010995","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Flower","offer_id":42430982684742,"sku":"SAL-2501010-0010996","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red Spiral","offer_id":42430982717510,"sku":"SAL-2501010-0010997","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green Flower","offer_id":42430982750278,"sku":"SAL-2501010-0010998","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple Flower","offer_id":42430982783046,"sku":"SAL-2501010-0010999","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/main-image-1_94c3a854-b950-404b-a0e7-8ea7f2798244.jpg?v=1736521021"},{"product_id":"cozy-knit-dog-sweater-warm-stylish-pet-clothing-for-small-dogs","title":"Cable Knit Dog Sweater – Turtleneck Pullover in 8 Colors, S to XXL","description":"\u003cp\u003eA cable knit dog sweater is the simple pull-on layer for a short-haired dog who shivers on the first cold morning: thick twisted cables over the back, a folded turtleneck at the throat and a ribbed hem that stays put. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pet-supplies\"\u003ePet Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-over turtleneck\u003c\/strong\u003e – keeps a draft off the neck without a fastening to fiddle with\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwisted cable pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e – adds texture along the back and gives the knit some thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo leg openings\u003c\/strong\u003e – the front paws go through and the knit sits against the chest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight shades\u003c\/strong\u003e – Wine Red, White, Pink, Black, Khaki, Dark Gray, Cyan and Sour Plum, each in five sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyester knit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutumn and winter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStyle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePull-on turtleneck with leg openings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS, M, L, XL, XXL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWine Red, White, Pink, Black, Khaki, Dark Gray, Cyan, Sour Plum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit check\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo fingers should slide under the collar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe dog should walk, sit and lie down freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake it off if your dog pants or scratches at it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size dog sweater should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure your dog's chest and back, then message us with the numbers before ordering this dog sweater, since knit sizing runs differently from dog to dog. Between sizes, take the larger one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan my dog wear the knit sweater all day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse the knit sweater for walks and cold spells, and take it off indoors. Check the armholes for rubbing, and never leave a dog unattended in clothing it could snag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I wash a cable knit dog sweater?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash a cable knit dog sweater by hand or on a gentle cycle, then dry it flat so the cables and ribbed hem keep their shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Wine Red \/ S","offer_id":42459328675910,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wine Red \/ M","offer_id":42459328708678,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wine Red \/ L","offer_id":42459328741446,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wine Red \/ XL","offer_id":42459328774214,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wine Red \/ XXL","offer_id":42459328806982,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ S","offer_id":42459328839750,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ M","offer_id":42459328872518,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ L","offer_id":42459328905286,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ XL","offer_id":42459328938054,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ XXL","offer_id":42459328970822,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ S","offer_id":42459329003590,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ M","offer_id":42459329036358,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ L","offer_id":42459329069126,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ XL","offer_id":42459329101894,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ XXL","offer_id":42459329134662,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ S","offer_id":42459329167430,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ M","offer_id":42459329200198,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ L","offer_id":42459329232966,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ XL","offer_id":42459329265734,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ XXL","offer_id":42459329298502,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ S","offer_id":42459329331270,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ M","offer_id":42459329364038,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ L","offer_id":42459329396806,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ XL","offer_id":42459329429574,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ XXL","offer_id":42459329462342,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Gray \/ S","offer_id":42459329495110,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Gray \/ M","offer_id":42459329527878,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Gray \/ L","offer_id":42459329560646,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Gray \/ XL","offer_id":42459329593414,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Gray \/ XXL","offer_id":42459329626182,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cyan \/ S","offer_id":42459329658950,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cyan \/ M","offer_id":42459329691718,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cyan \/ L","offer_id":42459329724486,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cyan \/ XL","offer_id":42459329757254,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cyan \/ XXL","offer_id":42459329790022,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sour Plum \/ S","offer_id":42459329822790,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sour Plum \/ M","offer_id":42459329855558,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sour Plum \/ L","offer_id":42459329888326,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sour Plum \/ XL","offer_id":42459329921094,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sour Plum \/ XXL","offer_id":42459329953862,"sku":"","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/main-image-2_0807c2db-7cac-4653-a517-33ce582e2da8.jpg?v=1737562476"},{"product_id":"double-layer-cat-litter-mat-eva-4-sizes","title":"Double-Layer Cat Litter Mat – Honeycomb EVA, 4 Sizes up to 60 x 90 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaid in front of the litter box, this double-layer cat litter mat catches the grains your cat carries out on its paws. The top layer is a honeycomb of large holes that litter drops through; the bottom layer is solid and waterproof, so the grains collect between the two. Lift one corner, open the sheets and pour the litter back into the box or the bin, then shake or vacuum the mat. It comes in black, gray or khaki and four sizes from 40 x 50 cm to 60 x 90 cm. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pet-supplies\"\u003ePet Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo layers\u003c\/strong\u003e – litter drops through the honeycomb top and stays between the sheets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePour it back\u003c\/strong\u003e – open the layers and tip the trapped litter into the box or bin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof base\u003c\/strong\u003e – the solid EVA bottom layer keeps spills off the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft and foldable\u003c\/strong\u003e – EVA folds or rolls for storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e – 40 x 50, 45 x 60, 55 x 75 or 60 x 90 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCat litter trapping mat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEVA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLayers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2: honeycomb top, solid bottom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, gray, khaki\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFragrance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnscented\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does a double-layer cat litter mat work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLitter falls through the honeycomb holes of the double-layer cat litter mat and collects between the two layers, so it does not spread across the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I empty the cat litter mat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLift the double-layer cat litter mat by one edge, open the two layers and pour the trapped litter into the bin or back into the box; vacuum or rinse the mat as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size cat litter mat should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePick a double-layer cat litter mat a little wider than your litter box: M 40 x 50 cm, L 45 x 60 cm, XL 55 x 75 cm or XXL 60 x 90 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cat litter mat waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe maker lists the double-layer cat litter mat as waterproof; the solid bottom layer holds liquid off the floor, so wipe it up promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ XXL – 60 x 90 cm","offer_id":42467384918086,"sku":"14:200661158#Black;5:4182#XXL-60x90cm","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ XXL – 60 x 90 cm","offer_id":42467384950854,"sku":"14:200006156#Gray;5:4182#XXL-60x90cm","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ XL – 55 x 75 cm","offer_id":42467385016390,"sku":"14:200661158#Black;5:100014065#XL-55x75cm","price":36.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ M – 40 x 50 cm","offer_id":42467385081926,"sku":"14:1063#Khaki;5:200000990#M-40x50cn","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ M – 40 x 50 cm","offer_id":42467385114694,"sku":"14:200006156#Gray;5:200000990#M-40x50cn","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ XXL – 60 x 90 cm","offer_id":42467385212998,"sku":"14:1063#Khaki;5:4182#XXL-60x90cm","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ L – 45 x 60 cm","offer_id":42467385245766,"sku":"14:200661158#Black;5:361385#L-45x60cm","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ M – 40 x 50 cm","offer_id":42467385278534,"sku":"14:200661158#Black;5:200000990#M-40x50cn","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ XL – 55 x 75 cm","offer_id":42467385344070,"sku":"14:200006156#Gray;5:100014065#XL-55x75cm","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ L – 45 x 60 cm","offer_id":42467385376838,"sku":"14:200006156#Gray;5:361385#L-45x60cm","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ L – 45 x 60 cm","offer_id":42467385409606,"sku":"14:1063#Khaki;5:361385#L-45x60cm","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ XL – 55 x 75 cm","offer_id":42467385442374,"sku":"14:1063#Khaki;5:100014065#XL-55x75cm","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S0a85025bf38340b9a2863c2e9c6232e0Z.webp?v=1737726836"},{"product_id":"6-piece-wooden-spoon-set-long-handle-stirrers-for-tea-coffee-desserts","title":"Wooden Tea Spoons – Set of 6, 14.5 cm for Coffee, Honey and Dessert","description":"\u003cp\u003eMetal spoons clink against a thin ceramic mug, and these wooden tea spoons do not. Each of the six is 14.5 cm long with a slim handle that reaches the bottom of a tall cup and a small oval bowl for sugar, honey or a spoonful of spice. The warm reddish wood looks at home on a breakfast tray or a dessert table. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet of 6\u003c\/strong\u003e – enough for a small family or a coffee station\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14.5 cm length\u003c\/strong\u003e – long enough for a mug, short enough for a saucer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall oval bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e – measures out sugar, honey or dried spices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWooden body\u003c\/strong\u003e – quiet in ceramic cups and light in the hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarm finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – a reddish wood color in our photos, which can vary from spoon to spoon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 spoons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.5 cm (5.71 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTea, coffee, honey, dessert, spices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan wooden tea spoons go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, wash wooden tea spoons by hand with mild soap and dry them straight away, as a dishwasher or long soak can crack the wood and fade the color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these wooden spoons long enough for a tall mug?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese wooden spoons are 14.5 cm long, which reaches the bottom of most mugs but may fall short in a tall latte glass, so measure your glass if that is your main use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I leave the wooden spoon in honey or hot drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can stir with a wooden spoon in hot drinks, but take it out afterward rather than leaving it soaking. Rinse off honey soon after use, and replace any spoon that splits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42471418331206,"sku":"14:10#6PCS","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S5e3ef2e2d4574c4a855672c27af22b47B.webp?v=1738010533"},{"product_id":"pizza-cutter-wheel-stainless-steel","title":"Pizza Cutter Wheel – 6.5 cm Stainless Blade, Steel or Wood Handle","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis pizza cutter wheel rolls a 6.5 cm stainless steel blade through pizza crust, flatbread, waffles or rolled-out cookie dough, with a curved guard above the wheel to keep your fingers clear. Choose a cutter with a long all-steel handle and a hanging loop, a cutter with a turned wooden handle, or the steel cutter together with a wood-handled pie server for lifting the slices out. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6.5 cm wheel\u003c\/strong\u003e – a stainless steel blade that rolls through crust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinger guard\u003c\/strong\u003e – a curved plate above the blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel or wood handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – an all-steel handle with a hanging loop, or a wooden one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePie server option\u003c\/strong\u003e – a wood-handled server to lift slices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot only pizza\u003c\/strong\u003e – waffles, flatbread, pastry and cookie dough\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePizza cutter wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, 6.5 cm (2.6 in) diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel with hanging loop, or wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOptions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel handle, wooden handle, steel handle with pie server\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the pizza cutter wheel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pizza cutter wheel has a 6.5 cm (2.6 in) stainless steel blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes with the Steel Handle with Pie Server option?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThat option gives you the steel-handled pizza cutter wheel plus a pie server with a wooden handle for lifting slices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the pizza cutter wheel sharp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The pizza cutter wheel blade is sharp; hold it by the handle, keep fingers behind the guard and store it out of children's reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the pizza cutter wheel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash the pizza cutter wheel by hand in warm soapy water, keeping fingers away from the blade edge, and dry it straight away; the wooden handle should not soak.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Steel Handle with Pie Server","offer_id":42471420624966,"sku":"14:200006154#B-2PCS","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel Handle","offer_id":42471420657734,"sku":"14:200006153#B","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wooden Handle","offer_id":42471420690502,"sku":"14:200006151#A","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Hef30c27899754bc6b112c39670efe0c1x.webp?v=1738010541"},{"product_id":"half-cut-produce-saver-avocado-lemon-onion","title":"Half-Cut Produce Saver – Avocado, Lemon, Onion or Tomato Keeper","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis half-cut produce saver is a shallow, rounded plastic tray with a clear cover that sits over the cut face of half a fruit or vegetable, so the leftover half goes back in the fridge covered instead of wrapped in film. Each color is shaped for one food: green for half an avocado (14 x 10.5 cm), yellow for a lemon (10 x 10 cm), brown for an onion and red for a tomato (both 12.5 x 12.5 cm). All are 2.5 cm deep and stack in the fridge door. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaped for one food\u003c\/strong\u003e – avocado, lemon, onion or tomato\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear cover\u003c\/strong\u003e – see what is inside without opening it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShallow tray\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2.5 cm deep, holds the cut half face down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – tell the savers apart at a glance in the fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e – wash and use again instead of cling film\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduce saver \/ half-cut food keeper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvocado (green)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 x 10.5 x 2.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLemon (yellow)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 x 10 x 2.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOnion (brown)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5 x 12.5 x 2.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTomato (red)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5 x 12.5 x 2.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich produce saver should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach half-cut produce saver is shaped for one food: green for avocado, yellow for lemon, brown for onion and red for tomato; pick the one you cut most often.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the avocado produce saver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe green avocado half-cut produce saver measures 14 x 10.5 cm and 2.5 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I use the half-cut produce saver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlace the cut half face down in the half-cut produce saver, press the cover over it and keep it in the fridge; use the food within a day or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the produce saver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash the half-cut produce saver by hand in warm soapy water and dry it before the next use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Lemon – Yellow","offer_id":42471503593542,"sku":"14:193#Yellow","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tomato – Red","offer_id":42471503626310,"sku":"14:10#Red","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Avocado – Green","offer_id":42471503659078,"sku":"14:175#Green","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Onion – Brown","offer_id":42471503691846,"sku":"14:173#Chocolate","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Se6f48fdc35af4ba4acf3b37794fefe67X.webp?v=1738014720"},{"product_id":"fridge-door-storage-bins-open-top","title":"Fridge Door Storage Bins – Open-Top Frosted Plastic, 10.5 x 9.5 x 9 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThese fridge door storage bins are small, open-top boxes in frosted plastic, 10.5 cm high, 9.5 cm wide and 9 cm deep, sized to stand side by side in a fridge door shelf or on a fridge shelf. Drop in loose cherry tomatoes, limes, sauce sachets or cheese sticks so they stay in their own section and lift out together. Out of the fridge they also hold cooking spoons, chopsticks or tea bags on the counter. Buy one, two or a set of five. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for the door shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e – 10.5 x 9.5 x 9 cm boxes stand in a row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen top\u003c\/strong\u003e – take what you need without a lid to open\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift out together\u003c\/strong\u003e – carry a whole group of small items to the table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrosted plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e – see roughly what is inside each bin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot only for the fridge\u003c\/strong\u003e – spoons, chopsticks or tea bags on the counter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen storage bin for the fridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic, frosted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 cm high x 9.5 x 9 cm (4.1 x 3.7 x 3.5 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone (open top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, 2 or 5 bins\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the fridge door storage bins have lids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The fridge door storage bins are open-top boxes; they sort and hold small items but do not seal food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is each fridge door storage bin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach fridge door storage bin is 10.5 cm high, 9.5 cm wide and 9 cm deep (4.1 x 3.7 x 3.5 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the storage bins fit my fridge door?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure the depth of your fridge door shelf; the storage bins need about 9.5 cm of depth and 10.5 cm of height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the fridge storage bins?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash the fridge door storage bins in warm soapy water and dry them before putting them back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"5 Bins","offer_id":42471503790150,"sku":"14:200002130#5PCS","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Bins","offer_id":42471503822918,"sku":"14:200002984#2PCS","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Bin","offer_id":42471503855686,"sku":"14:200003699#1PCS","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S58db33ca530b4cc197fa885161407050Z.webp?v=1738014721"},{"product_id":"hook-and-loop-cable-tie-roll","title":"Hook-and-Loop Cable Tie Roll – Cut-to-Length, 10 mm Wide, 3 Colors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis hook-and-loop cable tie roll is a 10 mm wide strap that you cut to whatever length the job needs, then wrap and press closed. One side grips the other, so a strip around a phone charger, a bunch of desk cables or a coiled extension cord can be opened and closed again many times. Choose black, grey or white, in a 3 m roll or a shorter 1 m roll. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-and-outdoor-items\"\u003eHome Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCut to length\u003c\/strong\u003e – scissors turn one roll into short ties for earbuds or long wraps around computer cables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable grip\u003c\/strong\u003e – the hook side presses onto the loop side and peels apart again, no plastic ties to snip off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 mm wide strap\u003c\/strong\u003e – narrow enough for a single phone cable, long enough to circle a thick group of cords\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo roll lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e – a 3 m roll for a whole desk or a 1 m roll for a travel bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeyond cables\u003c\/strong\u003e – holds back curtains, wraps a folded picnic mat or a hairdryer cord, as the photos show\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook-and-loop tape, cut-to-length roll\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm (0.4 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 m (118 in) or 1 m (39 in), by option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Grey, White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCables, cords, earphones, curtains, household tidying\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the hook-and-loop cable tie roll?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe hook-and-loop cable tie roll comes in two lengths: 3 m (118 in) or 1 m (39 in), both 10 mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to cut the cable tie roll?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the cable tie roll is one continuous strap; cut a piece with scissors to the length the cables need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the hook-and-loop cable ties be reused?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, each hook-and-loop cable tie peels open and presses closed again, so you can add or remove a cable without cutting a new piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cable tie strap sticky?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the cable tie strap has no adhesive; it holds by the hook side gripping the loop side when wrapped around itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black 3 m","offer_id":42471972864070,"sku":"14:1052#Black 3PC;5:47944263#10X3000mm","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey 3 m","offer_id":42471972896838,"sku":"14:175#Grey 3PC;5:47944263#10X3000mm","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White 3 m","offer_id":42471972929606,"sku":"14:10#White 3PC;5:47944263#10X3000mm","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black 1 m","offer_id":42471972962374,"sku":"14:193#Black 1PC;5:47944263#10X3000mm","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey 1 m","offer_id":42471972995142,"sku":"14:94#Grey 1PC;5:47944263#10X3000mm","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White 1 m","offer_id":42471973027910,"sku":"14:29#White 1PC;5:47944263#10X3000mm","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sda44b66547a941d487da3b80527988b6b.webp?v=1738026884"},{"product_id":"reusable-cable-ties-hook-loop-5m-roll","title":"Reusable Cable Ties – 5 m Hook and Loop Roll, 1 cm Wide, Cut to Size","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe mess of cords behind a desk comes apart and stays apart with these reusable cable ties, sold as one 5 m roll of hook and loop tape. Snip a length with scissors, wrap the cables and press it shut. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/electronics\"\u003eElectronics\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCut to length\u003c\/strong\u003e – scissors make a tie the exact size of each cable group\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook and loop grip\u003c\/strong\u003e – PP hook on one face, flannel on the other, so it holds and peels away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e – narrow enough for a single earphone lead or a group of cables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – match the tape to the cable, or colour-code each device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeyond cables\u003c\/strong\u003e – also useful around plants and household items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePP hook and flannel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable management and storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, White, Gray, Blue, Red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTool needed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScissors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne 5 m roll in the color you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing the tape\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCut a piece a little longer than the cables you are tying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap it around, press the hook face to the flannel face, and peel it open when you change a cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the roll of reusable cable ties?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe roll of reusable cable ties is 5 m long and 1 cm wide, and you cut it to whatever length each group of cables needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the reusable cable ties use glue?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo glue is involved. These reusable cable ties are hook and loop tape, with PP hooks on one face and flannel on the other, so they peel open and press shut again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I tie up with hook and loop tape?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReusable cable ties can wrap chargers, earphones, mouse cords and PC cables, and the supplier also shows them on garden plants and household items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I reuse a piece after cutting it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a cut piece of these reusable cable ties can be peeled off one cable and pressed around another.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":42471973322822,"sku":"14:350852#5m Glay","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":42471973355590,"sku":"14:350853#5m Blue","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42471973388358,"sku":"14:350850#5m Red","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42471973421126,"sku":"14:1052#5m Black","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":42471973453894,"sku":"14:496#5m Whtie","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sbdec5768bad947528a1f9a51eb7e9421c.webp?v=1738026887"},{"product_id":"shower-phone-holder-waterproof-wall-case","title":"Shower Phone Holder – Wall-Mounted Waterproof Case with Touch Window","description":"\u003cp\u003eA shower phone holder keeps a podcast or recipe video in view where water would normally ruin the phone: on the tiles beside the shower, over the bathroom sink or on the kitchen splashback. The white case sticks to smooth walls with an adhesive back, its lid flips open to drop the phone in, and the clear front stays touch-sensitive. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/electronics\"\u003eElectronics\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof, anti-fog case\u003c\/strong\u003e – the closed lid keeps shower spray and steam off the phone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouch-sensitive window\u003c\/strong\u003e – scroll, pause or take a call without opening it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-adhesive back\u003c\/strong\u003e – no drilling on tile, glass or mirror\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlip-up lid\u003c\/strong\u003e – opens to about 60° to load the phone in one hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape or portrait\u003c\/strong\u003e – mount it sideways for video or upright for scrolling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall-mounted waterproof phone case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlip-up, opens to about 60°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear, touch-sensitive, anti-fog\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 shower phone holder with adhesive backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean and dry the wall before sticking, then press firmly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the lid fully before turning on the water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the shower phone holder stick to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe shower phone holder has a self-adhesive back, so it mounts on smooth tile, glass or a mirror without drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the touchscreen inside the shower phone case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the front window of the shower phone case is touch-sensitive, so you can scroll, pause a video or answer a call with the phone closed inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the shower phone holder hold my phone upright and sideways?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the shower phone holder can be stuck on the wall in landscape for videos or portrait for scrolling, and the lid flips open to about 60° to take the phone in and out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42471974535238,"sku":"14:29#White","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S4fdaafed9c544f8b813679940dc099a09.webp?v=1738026887"},{"product_id":"moving-sand-art-picture-round","title":"Moving Sand Art Picture – Round Glass Desk Sandscape, 7 Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eA moving sand art picture for the desk or bedside: flip the round glass sandscape and coloured sand drifts down through liquid in thin streams, piling into a new set of hills and valleys every time. It is a small, slow piece of motion to watch between emails or before bed. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gifts-decorations\"\u003eGifts \u0026amp; Decorations\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlip to restart\u003c\/strong\u003e – turn it over to start a new sand fall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA new landscape each time\u003c\/strong\u003e – sands of different weights settle in layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound glass panel\u003c\/strong\u003e – sealed sand and liquid behind clear glass, in a plastic ring frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeven colours\u003c\/strong\u003e – blue, green or purple with a black frame; orange, red, pink or grey with a white frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3D moving sand art picture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass sand panel, plastic frame and base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing a colour\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – blue, green or purple sand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – orange, red, pink or grey sand (sold as 'Black')\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it upright in the stand and away from radiators and hard knocks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust the glass with a soft dry cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the moving sand art picture work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTurn the moving sand art picture over in its stand and coloured sand and tiny bubbles fall through liquid between two glass panes, building a new layered landscape each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the sand art picture be rotated in its stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, turn the round sand art picture over in its base to start a new sand fall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the sand keep moving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe sand art picture keeps shifting for several minutes after each turn, as the different sands settle at different speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":42472001241158,"sku":"14:350852","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":42472001273926,"sku":"14:175","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":42472001306694,"sku":"14:173","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42472001339462,"sku":"14:1052","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey (White Frame)","offer_id":42472001372230,"sku":"14:193","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":42472001404998,"sku":"14:200006151#Purple","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42472001437766,"sku":"14:10","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sde83ab9dfd4e48ae96fb8652d089e6bd0.webp?v=1738029052"},{"product_id":"finger-strength-trainer-silicone-3-levels","title":"Finger Strength Trainer – 3 Levels Per Band, 6.6 to 21 lb, Silicone","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuitarists, climbers and anyone who types all day use a finger strength trainer like this to work each finger separately against a stretch. Slip your fingers through the five tapered silicone loops, fasten the strap at the wrist, and open your hand against the pull. The strap slides to one of three marked steps, so each band gives three levels: 6.6, 8.8 and 11 lb on the light bands, or 13, 17 and 21 lb on the heavy ones. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive finger loops\u003c\/strong\u003e – tapered holes to suit thicker and thinner fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree levels per band\u003c\/strong\u003e – move the buckle to change the stretch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight or heavy\u003c\/strong\u003e – Gray and Green are light, Black and Pink are heavy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft wrist strap\u003c\/strong\u003e – a wide adjustable band holds it on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall enough to carry\u003c\/strong\u003e – easy to keep in a bag for rest breaks at a desk or gym\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight bands\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.6, 8.8, 11 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeavy bands\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13, 17, 21 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.23 cm (4.5 in) body\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.62 cm (3 in) to 9.65 cm (3.8 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.05 cm (1.2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 trainer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich finger strength trainer should a beginner choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA beginner should start with a Gray or Green finger strength trainer, which runs from 6.6 to 11 lb. Move up to the Black or Pink heavy band when the 11 lb setting feels easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a finger strength trainer help arthritis or a hand injury?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe make no medical claims for this finger strength trainer. If you have arthritis, an injury or recent surgery, ask your doctor or physical therapist before using it, and stop if you feel pain, numbness or tingling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long should I use the finger trainer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStart the finger trainer with short sets of a few minutes and rest between them, since tendons need time to adapt. Do not use it to the point of pain, and take it off before your fingers feel numb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":42472002355270,"sku":"14:193#black","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":42472002388038,"sku":"14:691#Grey","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42472002420806,"sku":"14:173#pink","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":42472002453574,"sku":"14:175#green","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S9f7632d967d84760abe904998fad615bb.webp?v=1738029054"},{"product_id":"diffuser-aroma-oil-10ml-17-scents","title":"Diffuser Aroma Oil – 10 ml Water-Soluble Fragrance in 17 Scents","description":"\u003cp\u003eDiffuser aroma oil is a room fragrance: a few drops in the water tank of a humidifier or aroma diffuser and the scent spreads as the mist does. You pick one 10 ml bottle in the scent you want, from Lemon and Mint through Sandalwood and Hotel Lobby. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gifts-decorations\"\u003eGifts \u0026amp; Decorations\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixes with water\u003c\/strong\u003e – a water-soluble formula made for water-tank humidifiers and diffusers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlso for fragrant stones\u003c\/strong\u003e – drip it onto an aroma stone where you have no machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeventeen scents\u003c\/strong\u003e – fruit, flower, wood and fresh choices, each sold as its own bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoxed glass bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e – a 10 ml bottle with a plastic cap, boxed, so it is easy to give as a small gift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 ml per bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater-soluble aroma oil for room fragrance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse with\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHumidifier, aroma diffuser, fragrant stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass and plastic packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17, one per bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, machine not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this diffuser aroma oil a pure essential oil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTreat this diffuser aroma oil as a water-soluble room fragrance. The maker describes it as water-soluble aromatherapy oil and gives no purity figure, so we make no pure or natural claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the aroma oil on skin or for massage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, this aroma oil is for scenting a room through a diffuser or fragrant stone, so keep it off skin and out of the bath, and do not swallow it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs diffuser oil safe around cats and dogs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDiffuser oil scent can bother pets, cats in particular, so keep bottles out of reach, run the diffuser in an airy room and give your pet a way to leave it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bottles of aroma oil come in one order?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne bottle of aroma oil, 10 ml, comes with each variant you choose. Add several scents to your cart if you want a range to rotate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Rose","offer_id":42472003436614,"sku":"200000182:193#Rose","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lily","offer_id":42472003469382,"sku":"200000182:173#Lily","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":42472003502150,"sku":"200000182:691#Orange","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Jasmine","offer_id":42472003534918,"sku":"200000182:175#Jasmine","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mint","offer_id":42472003567686,"sku":"200000182:350686#Mint","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Tea","offer_id":42472003600454,"sku":"200000182:350850#White Tea","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Osmanthus","offer_id":42472003633222,"sku":"200000182:496#Osmanthus","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cherry Blossom","offer_id":42472003665990,"sku":"200000182:10#Cherry Blossom","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Freesia","offer_id":42472003698758,"sku":"200000182:350852#Freesia","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ocean","offer_id":42472003731526,"sku":"200000182:1052#Ocean","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lemon","offer_id":42472003764294,"sku":"200000182:366#Lemon","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Vanilla","offer_id":42472003797062,"sku":"200000182:1202#Vanilla","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sandalwood","offer_id":42472003829830,"sku":"200000182:350853#Sandalwood","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lavender","offer_id":42472003862598,"sku":"200000182:29#Lavender","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Peach","offer_id":42472003895366,"sku":"200000182:200971939#Peach","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hotel Lobby","offer_id":42472003928134,"sku":"200000182:203221806#Hilton","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ylang","offer_id":42472003960902,"sku":"200000182:350561#Ylang","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Se21628fdea404b6b88430dab6562ebc4T.webp?v=1738029060"},{"product_id":"narrow-shoe-rack-stackable","title":"Narrow Shoe Rack – Stackable Vertical Tower, 3, 5 or 7 Layers","description":"\u003cp\u003eBehind a door or in the gap beside a wardrobe, this narrow shoe rack stacks shoes upward instead of across the floor: each layer holds one pair on a 26 × 24 cm board. White boards sit on coloured X-shaped side frames, and the 3, 5 and 7-layer versions stand about 34, 67 and 100 cm tall. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-and-outdoor-items\"\u003eHome Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e26 × 24 cm footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e – fits a corner or the space beside a door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne pair per layer\u003c\/strong\u003e – pick 3, 5 or 7 layers for the shoes you need to store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo tools\u003c\/strong\u003e – boards and X-frames slot together by hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePP resin\u003c\/strong\u003e – a light plastic rack that wipes clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree frame colours\u003c\/strong\u003e – blue, orange or green against white boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFootprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 × 24 cm (10.2 × 9.4 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 layers about 34 cm; 5 layers about 67 cm; 7 layers about 100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLayer spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 16.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePP resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue, orange or green frames with white boards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoards and X-shaped side frames for the chosen number of layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the boards with a damp cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand the rack on a level floor and put heavier shoes on the lower layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is the narrow shoe rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe narrow shoe rack is about 34 cm tall with 3 layers, 67 cm with 5 layers and 100 cm with 7 layers, on a 26 × 24 cm footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pairs of shoes fit on the shoe rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach layer of the narrow shoe rack holds about one pair of adult shoes, so the 7-layer rack takes about 7 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the narrow shoe rack need tools to set up?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the narrow shoe rack needs no tools; the boards and X-shaped side frames slot together by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill boots fit on the shoe rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnkle boots and sneakers fit, but each layer of the shoe rack is about 16.5 cm high, so tall boots need to go on the top board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"3 Layers – Blue","offer_id":42472004616262,"sku":"14:496#3 layers blue","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Layers – Orange","offer_id":42472004649030,"sku":"14:1052#3 layers orange","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Layers – Green","offer_id":42472004681798,"sku":"14:691#3 layers green","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7 Layers – Green","offer_id":42472004714566,"sku":"14:10#7 layers green","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Layers – Orange","offer_id":42472004747334,"sku":"14:350852#5 layers orange","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Layers – Blue","offer_id":42472004780102,"sku":"14:173#5 layers blue","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Layers – Green","offer_id":42472004812870,"sku":"14:175#5 layers green","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S4dd2fec59a9c4f13a21cb60ce3f5e566B.webp?v=1738029061"},{"product_id":"diy-tulip-cube-night-light-kit","title":"Tulip Cube Night Light Kit – DIY Mirror Box, 4 Flower Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis tulip cube night light kit lets you build your own small sea of glowing tulips inside a clear box, then switch it on for a soft flower light on a bedside table or desk. When the light is off, the cube panels act like mirrors and hide the flowers, so the lamp looks different by day and by night. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gifts-decorations\"\u003eGifts \u0026amp; Decorations\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuild it yourself\u003c\/strong\u003e – the kit comes as parts, so arranging the tulips is part of the gift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRows of tulips\u003c\/strong\u003e – dozens of small flowers stand in a field that seems to go on through the panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMirror effect\u003c\/strong\u003e – with the light off, the cube reads as a mirrored box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour flower colours\u003c\/strong\u003e – purple, blue, yellow or pink tulips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-sized\u003c\/strong\u003e – the finished cube sits on an open palm in the product photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIY tulip flower cube night lamp kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eButton batteries (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 10 × 10 × 10 cm (3.93 in) cube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear cube with mirror panels and corner clips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurple, Blue, Yellow, Pink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing a colour\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePurple – lilac and white tulips with a cool white glow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue – pale blue tulips for a calm night-light tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYellow – golden tulips with the warmest light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePink – peach and pink tulips, a common pick as a couples gift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne tulip cube night light kit in the colour you choose, ready to assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I have to put the tulip cube lamp together myself?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the tulip cube night light arrives as a DIY material kit: you assemble the clear cube and arrange the small tulip flowers inside before switching it on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the tulip cube look like when the light is off?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith the light off, the panels of the tulip cube night light read as mirrors, so the flowers disappear and it sits on a shelf as a mirrored cube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich colour tulip night light should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePick the tulip cube by the flower colour you want to glow: Purple shows pale lilac and white tulips, Blue shows icy blue tulips, Yellow gives a warm golden glow and Pink gives peach-pink tulips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the tulip night light powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier lists the tulip cube night light as powered by button batteries, which are included, so it needs no cable or plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Purple","offer_id":42472034074694,"sku":"14:350853#Purple;200007763:201336100","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":42472034107462,"sku":"14:350686#Blue;200007763:201336100","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":42472034140230,"sku":"14:350850#Yellow;200007763:201336100","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42472034172998,"sku":"14:200006151#Pink;200007763:201336100","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S9164909103ea452dbf826bd36dfc41591.webp?v=1738030434"},{"product_id":"silicone-earplugs-reusable-noise-reduction-pair","title":"Silicone Earplugs – Reusable Noise Reduction Pair with Carry Case","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a noisy street or a loud flight, these silicone earplugs take the edge off noise and come out cleanly with a ring pull. One reusable pair stores in a pocket-size white case. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/beauty\"\u003eBeauty \u0026amp; Personal Care\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRing pull\u003c\/strong\u003e – the loop at the outer end gives you something to hold when removing them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft silicone tip\u003c\/strong\u003e – a rounded tip sits in the ear canal; ears differ, so fit is personal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e – the supplier lists them as reusable and waterproof, so they can be washed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarry case\u003c\/strong\u003e – a white flip-lid case keeps the pair together, about 2.16 x 1.57 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – green, pink, black or white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReusable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 2.16 x 1.57 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen, Pink, Black, White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNoise rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated by the supplier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne pair of silicone earplugs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne white carry case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse and care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not push the earplugs deep into the ear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop using them if the ear becomes sore, and see a doctor if it stays sore.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much noise do these silicone earplugs block?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese silicone earplugs turn noise down but do not make a room silent. The supplier gives no tested rating, so do not rely on them for work-site hearing protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wear the earplugs in bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The supplier sells these silicone earplugs for sleep, and the ring sits close to the ear, but side sleepers may notice them on a firm pillow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I take the earplugs out?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach silicone earplug has a ring at the outer end, so you grip the ring and ease the plug out slowly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they be washed and used again?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These silicone earplugs are reusable and can be washed, and should be fully dry before they go back into the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":42472034336838,"sku":"14:175#green","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42472034369606,"sku":"14:10#pink","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42472034402374,"sku":"14:94#black","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":42472034435142,"sku":"14:29#white","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S448ab996d724463caf0036f2f386f08cS.webp?v=1738030434"},{"product_id":"usb-rechargeable-led-bulb-portable-emergency-camping-light","title":"USB Rechargeable LED Bulb – Hanging Hook Camping Light, 3 Modes","description":"\u003cp\u003eHang this USB rechargeable LED bulb from a tent loop or a branch and you get a soft white light without running an extension cord. The hook on top turns it into a lantern for a yard dinner, a car repair or a power cut, and a button on the side steps through high, low and flash. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook on top\u003c\/strong\u003e – hangs from a tent loop, car hood or branch, as the photos show\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree modes\u003c\/strong\u003e – high light, low light and flash from one power switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB charging port\u003c\/strong\u003e – a cable comes with the bulb and plugs into a USB power source you already have\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrosted cover\u003c\/strong\u003e – spreads the light rather than showing a bare LED point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo socket needed\u003c\/strong\u003e – it runs from its own rechargeable battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm (4.72 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm (2.36 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh, low, flash\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight color\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber listed by supplier; photos show a white plastic-look shell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the USB rechargeable LED bulb run on a charge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRun time and battery size are not published for this USB rechargeable LED bulb, so charge it fully before a trip and carry a backup for long nights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow bright is this rechargeable camping light?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo tested lumen figure is published for this rechargeable camping light. Expect a lantern for a table or a tent, and use a dedicated flashlight for lighting up long distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the USB LED bulb safe to leave out in the rain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe USB LED bulb is not sold as waterproof, so keep it under cover in wet weather and away from water while it charges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42472038367302,"sku":"14:29#white","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Se4ae0b85d39c4c92baad14fd93c76c1da.webp?v=1738030440"},{"product_id":"wooden-cutlery-set-spoon-fork-chopsticks","title":"Wooden Cutlery Set – Spoon, Fork and Chopsticks, 3 Pieces, 23 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eA warm brown wood grain and a band of thread at the grip set this wooden cutlery set apart from plain bamboo sticks. It comes as three pieces, a 22.3 cm spoon, a 23 cm fork and 22.5 cm chopsticks, so it works for a bowl of noodles as easily as a salad. Pick black or khaki thread for a contrast handle, or no thread for a plainer look, and keep it for the table or the office lunch drawer. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree matched pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e – spoon, fork and one pair of chopsticks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull table length\u003c\/strong\u003e – spoon 22.3 cm and fork 23 cm, not a mini travel size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThread wrapped handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – black or khaki on two options, for a grippier look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlain handle option\u003c\/strong\u003e – no thread at all, for a simple wood finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJapan style wood\u003c\/strong\u003e – the supplier lists wood and a Japan style, with raw lacquer on the finish photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpoon\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.3 cm (8.8 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChopsticks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.5 cm (8.9 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFork\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 cm (9 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKhaki Thread, No Thread, Black Thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pieces, 1 set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the wooden cutlery set dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHand wash the wooden cutlery set and dry it soon after, as soaking or a dishwasher can crack wood and loosen thread. The supplier gives no dishwasher rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the wooden cutlery set come with a travel case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wooden cutlery set is three loose pieces with no case listed by the supplier, so bring your own pouch if you carry it to work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich handle should I pick on the wooden spoon and fork?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose black or khaki thread on the wooden spoon and fork for a stronger look, or no thread if you prefer plain wood and want one less thing to keep clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Khaki Thread","offer_id":42472050065478,"sku":"14:200000195#Wrapped thread khaki","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"No Thread","offer_id":42472050098246,"sku":"14:100013775#No thread wrap","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Thread","offer_id":42472050131014,"sku":"14:193#Wrapped thread black","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sbe1457d78a4a4e4fbe5d4bf51cdeb60dg.webp?v=1738031557"},{"product_id":"gold-stainless-steel-noodle-bowl","title":"Gold Stainless Steel Bowl – Two Handles, 12.5 to 14.5 cm Noodle Bowl","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis gold stainless steel bowl is the shallow two-handled style you see in a noodle bar, used for ramen for one, fries, fried chicken or a small side. It weighs little, stacks neatly and brings a warm metallic color to the table. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo wire handles\u003c\/strong\u003e – riveted loops on each side make it easy to lift and to pass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree widths\u003c\/strong\u003e – 12.5 cm for sides, 13.5 cm for rice and snacks, 14.5 cm for a small noodle meal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e304 stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – the supplier lists 304 steel with a gold finish, polished smooth inside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth base\u003c\/strong\u003e – a flat underside that sits firmly on a table or tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e12.5 cm size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5 cm top, 9 cm base, 4.5 cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e13.5 cm size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.5 cm top, 10 cm base, 5 cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e14.5 cm size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.5 cm top, 11 cm base, 5.5 cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 bowl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I microwave a gold stainless steel bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, a gold stainless steel bowl is metal and must never go in a microwave. Heat food in a suitable dish and pour it in once it is hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the handles on the noodle bowl get hot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, steel carries heat, so the handles on the noodle bowl can get hot with soup straight from the stove. Let it cool for a moment, and keep young children back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bowls come with each order?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne bowl comes with each order, in the size you choose. Add several to your cart to build a matching set for the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"12.5 cm","offer_id":42472050196550,"sku":"14:193#1pc 12.5cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14.5 cm","offer_id":42472050229318,"sku":"14:10#1pc 14.5cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"13.5 cm","offer_id":42472050262086,"sku":"14:175#1pc 13.5cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sd255fbdbb8004dc19f0acfe3a2ab5461E.webp?v=1738031557"},{"product_id":"silicone-air-fryer-liner-square-20cm","title":"Silicone Air Fryer Liner – Square, 20 cm Base, with Handles","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis silicone air fryer liner is a reusable square pot that sits inside your air fryer basket and catches grease and crumbs, so the basket stays clean. It measures 20 cm across the base and 5.5 cm deep, with two handles for lifting it out. Use it instead of paper liners, in black, brown or red. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare, 20 cm base\u003c\/strong\u003e – 22.5 cm (9 in) across the top and 5.5 cm (2.17 in) deep, for square or larger round baskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo side handles\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2 cm tabs on opposite sides to lift the liner and food out together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised rings in the base\u003c\/strong\u003e – a ringed pattern with a smiley face lifts food slightly off the floor of the liner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable silicone\u003c\/strong\u003e – wash and use again instead of buying paper liners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir fryer, oven, microwave\u003c\/strong\u003e – the maker shows it in each of these and in a pressure cooker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare with wavy sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.5 cm (9 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm (7.87 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 cm (2.17 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, each 2 cm (0.79 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, brown or red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the floor of your air fryer basket before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSquare baskets: the floor needs to be at least 20 cm (7.87 in) on each side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRound baskets: at least 22.5 cm (9 in) across, so the top edge fits inside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse and care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the liner in the basket before adding food, and lift it out by the handles once it has cooled a little\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash in warm soapy water and dry fully before storing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 silicone air fryer liner in the colour you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this silicone air fryer liner fit my air fryer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe silicone air fryer liner is square, 20 cm (7.87 in) across the base, 22.5 cm (9 in) across the top and 5.5 cm (2.17 in) deep. Measure the floor of your air fryer basket: it needs to be at least 20 cm square, or a round basket at least 22.5 cm wide, for the liner to sit flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the silicone air fryer liner have holes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the silicone air fryer liner has a solid base with raised rings, so grease and crumbs stay in the liner instead of the basket. Hot air still cooks the food from above and around the open top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the silicone liner in the oven or microwave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe maker shows the silicone liner in an air fryer, an oven, a microwave and a pressure cooker. Lift it out with the two side handles once it has cooled a little.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the silicone air fryer liner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash the silicone air fryer liner in warm soapy water and let it dry fully before storing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":42472051376198,"sku":"14:193#1pc black","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":42472051408966,"sku":"14:200004889#1pc brown","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42472051441734,"sku":"14:1254#1pc red","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S5f8e1edaa4344d9bb70a6ddf4916238aO.webp?v=1738031561"},{"product_id":"square-glass-coffee-cup-400ml","title":"Square Glass Coffee Cup – 400 ml, Lid and Glass Straw Options","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis square glass coffee cup holds 400 ml and is made of clear, heat-resistant glass, so an iced latte shows its layers and a hot tea can go straight in. The squared shape sits steadily on a desk and is easy to grip around the corners. Choose the set with a clear lid and glass straw, the version with a bamboo lid, or the plain square cup. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e400 ml size\u003c\/strong\u003e – room for an iced coffee with plenty of ice or a large milk tea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat-resistant glass\u003c\/strong\u003e – takes hot drinks as well as cold ones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear walls\u003c\/strong\u003e – you see the drink, the ice and how much is left\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare shape\u003c\/strong\u003e – flat sides that are easy to hold and stand steadily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree versions\u003c\/strong\u003e – clear lid with straw, bamboo lid, or the cup alone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 ml (13.5 fl oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass, heat resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 cup per order\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVersions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear (clear lid and straw), Bamboo lid, Square Cup (cup only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the square glass coffee cup hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe square glass coffee cup holds 400 ml (13.5 fl oz), enough for an iced latte with ice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I pour hot coffee into the square glass cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the square glass coffee cup is heat-resistant glass and is sold for both hot and cold drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the versions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Clear version of the square glass coffee cup has a clear lid with a glass straw, Bamboo lid has a wooden lid, and Square Cup is the cup without a lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups come in one order?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne order is one square glass coffee cup in the version you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Clear Lid and Straw","offer_id":42472051474502,"sku":"14:193#clear;26:200007962#400ml","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bamboo lid","offer_id":42472051507270,"sku":"14:10#Bamboo lid;26:200007962#400ml","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cup Only","offer_id":42472051540038,"sku":"14:173#Square Cup;26:200007962#400ml","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S04c74d006f6045218d5a9e3bb28ba4aa4.webp?v=1738031561"},{"product_id":"kitchen-knife-set-damascus-pattern","title":"Kitchen Knife Set – Damascus Pattern Steel, 1 to 6 Pieces","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis kitchen knife set pairs two cleaver-style blades with a pointed chef knife, all in stainless steel with a laser-etched Damascus wave pattern and black handles with a steel collar. Buy a single knife, the three knives together, or a 5 or 6-piece set that adds kitchen scissors, a sharpening rod and a fruit knife. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlicing cleaver\u003c\/strong\u003e – 17 cm blade for thin slices of meat and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChopping cleaver\u003c\/strong\u003e – 17.5 cm blade, the heavier one for bone-in cuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChef knife\u003c\/strong\u003e – 17 cm pointed blade for dicing and lemons, herbs and onions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFruit knife\u003c\/strong\u003e – 10 cm blade for tomatoes and peeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScissors and rod\u003c\/strong\u003e – in the 5 and 6-piece sets, for herbs and touching up the edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, laser Damascus pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSlicing knife\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade 17 cm (6.69 in), overall 29.5 cm (11.61 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChopping knife\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade 17.5 cm (6.89 in), overall 30.5 cm (12.01 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChef knife\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade 17 cm (6.69 in), overall 30.5 cm (12.01 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFruit knife\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade 10 cm (3.94 in), overall 22 cm (8.66 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack with a steel collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat each option includes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChopping Knife, Slicing Knife, Chef Knife or Fruit Knife: that one knife\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-Piece Set: slicing, chopping and chef knife\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5-Piece Set: the 3 knives, kitchen scissors and a sharpening rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6-Piece Set: the 5-piece set plus the fruit knife\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash and dry straight away to keep the pattern and edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the rod with light strokes at a shallow angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this real Damascus steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the kitchen knife set is stainless steel with a laser-etched Damascus pattern; the wavy lines are a surface finish, not folded layers of steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is in the 5-piece and 6-piece kitchen knife sets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 5-piece kitchen knife set has a slicing cleaver, a chopping cleaver, a chef knife, kitchen scissors and a sharpening rod; the 6-piece set adds a fruit knife.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the slicing and chopping knife?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth are cleaver-shaped with a 17 to 17.5 cm blade: the slicing knife is for thin cuts of meat and vegetables, the chopping knife is the heavier one used for bone-in meat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy one knife on its own?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the chopping, slicing, chef and fruit knives from this kitchen knife set are each sold singly as well as in the 3, 5 and 6-piece sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Fruit Knife","offer_id":42479639101510,"sku":"14:1063#04","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chef Knife","offer_id":42479639134278,"sku":"14:10#03","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Piece Set","offer_id":42479639167046,"sku":"14:1052#5 Pcs","price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3-Piece Set","offer_id":42479639199814,"sku":"14:1254#3 Pcs","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6-Piece Set","offer_id":42479639232582,"sku":"14:350850#6 Pcs","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Slicing Knife","offer_id":42479639265350,"sku":"14:94#02","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chopping Knife","offer_id":42479639298118,"sku":"14:29#01","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S2ca9cc44773b44419250ecd3c40d351e9.webp?v=1738198385"},{"product_id":"mini-ems-massage-patch-8-modes","title":"Mini EMS Massage Patch – 8 Modes, 19 Levels, USB Charging, 15 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eSmall enough for a handbag, this mini EMS massage patch sticks onto the shoulders, back or calves on a gel pad and sends low-frequency electrical pulses through 8 modes. Set the strength on its number display and start low, as the tingling feel takes some getting used to. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/beauty\"\u003eBeauty \u0026amp; Personal Care\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 modes\u003c\/strong\u003e – hammering, massage, activation, training, kneading, shape, squeeze and tap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 intensity levels\u003c\/strong\u003e – raise or lower them with the plus and minus keys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStick-on pad\u003c\/strong\u003e – a 15 × 6.4 cm PU and gel pad with no wires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB charging\u003c\/strong\u003e – charging cable in the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric pulse massage patch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePad size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 × 6.4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePU and gel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperating voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.7 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutput current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum 35 mA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModes and levels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 modes, 19 levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 gel pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 host unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafe use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart at the lowest level and stop if you feel pain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use it while driving, sleeping or in water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it off the front of the neck, head, chest and broken skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho should not use the mini EMS massage patch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDo not use the mini EMS massage patch with a pacemaker or other implant, in pregnancy, or with heart problems or epilepsy, unless your doctor agrees. Keep it off the front of the neck, the head and broken skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mini EMS massage patch a medical device?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. We sell the mini EMS massage patch as a personal massager with no medical claim. See a doctor about ongoing neck or back pain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the mini EMS massage patch used?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFix the host onto the gel patch, peel off the clear film, stick it on clean skin and press plus to start. The M key on the mini EMS massage patch changes mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many settings does the mini EMS massage patch have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe mini EMS massage patch has 8 modes and 19 intensity levels, shown on a small number display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42479639396422,"sku":"14:193#Electric EMS Neck","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sfdffb71c1a9948869fe0661966e14f3d7.webp?v=1738198385"},{"product_id":"drain-hair-catcher-10cm-mesh-stickers","title":"Drain Hair Catcher – 10 cm Disposable Mesh Stickers, 6, 12 or 18 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003ePulling a clump out of a shower drain is an unpleasant job, so this drain hair catcher does it for you: stick a 10 cm mesh square over the drain, then peel it off and bin it. Hair stays on the sheet while water runs through the mesh. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-and-outdoor-items\"\u003eHome Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeel and stick\u003c\/strong\u003e – an adhesive border holds the sheet with no tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e – four mesh panels catch hair while water passes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThrow-away\u003c\/strong\u003e – you peel off the used sheet and never touch the drain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCuts to fit\u003c\/strong\u003e – the plain border can be trimmed with scissors for a narrow spot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 pack sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e – 6, 12 or 18 sheets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSheet size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 x 10 cm (3.93 x 3.93 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6, 12 or 18 sheets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor drain, hand sink, bathtub, water channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReusable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, disposable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6, 12 or 18 mesh sheets, by the pack you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the drain hair catcher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach drain hair catcher sticker is a 10 cm (3.93 in) square, so it covers a typical round or square drain cover of up to that width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I fit a drain hair catcher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeel the backing from the drain hair catcher and press its adhesive border onto a clean, dry surface around the drain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I change the hair catcher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeel the drain hair catcher off and throw it away when hair builds up on the mesh, or sooner if water starts to pool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it work on a sink as well as a shower?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The drain hair catcher is shown on a floor drain, hand sink, bathtub and water channel, as long as the surface around the drain is flat and smooth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"12 Sheets","offer_id":42479639756870,"sku":"14:366#12pcs","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Sheets","offer_id":42479639789638,"sku":"14:29#6pcs","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18 Sheets","offer_id":42479639822406,"sku":"14:10#18pcs","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S638eb171f4e145649f86ead9f2d9ee53M.webp?v=1738198386"},{"product_id":"shower-drain-mesh-sticker-bulk-10-to-200","title":"Shower Drain Mesh Sticker – Disposable 10 cm Square, 10 to 200 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a busy family bathroom or a rental with several drains, this shower drain mesh sticker comes in packs up to 200, so swapping one out is never a chore. Each 10 cm square sticks over the drain and comes off with the hair attached. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-and-outdoor-items\"\u003eHome Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk packs\u003c\/strong\u003e – 10, 30, 50, 100 or 200 stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrim with scissors\u003c\/strong\u003e – cut to fit a narrow edge or a small basin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e – four panels hold hair at the surface of the drain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBend and press\u003c\/strong\u003e – a flexible sheet follows a slightly raised drain cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick swap\u003c\/strong\u003e – peel it off and bin it, with no drain cleaning needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 x 10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10, 30, 50, 100 or 200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShower, floor drain, sink, bathtub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10, 30, 50, 100 or 200 mesh stickers, by the pack you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shower drain mesh stickers should I order?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith one sticker per drain, 10 shower drain mesh stickers suit a trial, while the 100 or 200 pack suits a family bathroom or a rental with several drains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cut a shower drain mesh sticker to fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The photos show scissors trimming a shower drain mesh sticker, so it can fit a narrow sink edge or a small drain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the shower drain mesh stickers block slow drains?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA shower drain mesh sticker slows flow as hair builds up, so swap it when water starts to sit on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the sticker patch a window screen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe photos show this shower drain mesh sticker held up against a window screen, so it can cover a small hole, though the supplier sells it for drains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"10 Stickers","offer_id":42479639920710,"sku":"14:350850#Square;977:361385#10pcs","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 Stickers","offer_id":42479639953478,"sku":"14:350850#Square;977:361386#30pcs","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 Stickers","offer_id":42479639986246,"sku":"14:350850#Square;977:100014064#50pcs","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Stickers","offer_id":42479640019014,"sku":"14:350850#Square;977:100014065#100pcs","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200 Stickers","offer_id":42479640051782,"sku":"14:350850#Square;977:100014066#200pcs","price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sb6cc04a15127455b8f7a1caab7c45d12M.webp?v=1738198387"},{"product_id":"silicone-floor-drain-cover-odour-seal","title":"Silicone Floor Drain Cover – Odour Seal Mat, 12 or 20 cm Square","description":"\u003cp\u003eA silicone floor drain cover is a soft translucent square you lay over a shower, laundry or basement drain grate when it is not in use, so sewer smell and crawling insects stay below. Lift it by the tab when you need the drain. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-and-outdoor-items\"\u003eHome Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeals the grate\u003c\/strong\u003e – the flat silicone sheet covers the whole grate and closes the gap that lets smells rise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePull tab\u003c\/strong\u003e – a ring tab at one corner lifts at about 35° so you can peel the cover off with wet fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThickened sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e – a thicker edge keeps it lying flat instead of curling or sliding after a rinse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTranslucent\u003c\/strong\u003e – it fades into a tiled floor instead of showing as a coloured mat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse to clean\u003c\/strong\u003e – hold it under the tap; there are no seams or holes to trap dirt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 12 cm (4.7 x 4.7 in) or 20 x 20 cm (7.9 x 7.9 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTranslucent white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLifting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRing pull tab\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor drains, washbasins, kitchen sinks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne silicone drain cover in the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake the cover off before running water into the drain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the floor dry first so the cover lies flat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size silicone drain cover do I need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure the drain grate: the silicone drain cover should overlap it on every side, so pick 12 x 12 cm for small round or square grates and 20 x 20 cm for larger floor drains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes water still drain with the silicone cover on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the silicone drain cover seals the grate while it lies flat; lift it by the pull tab before showering or mopping so water can run away, then lay it back down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the silicone drain cover float away when water runs over it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe silicone drain cover is thick and heavy enough to stay put under a splash of water, and the supplier shows it holding in place after flushing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the drain cover go in a corner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the silicone drain cover is soft enough to fold up against a wall, so it can sit over a drain set in a shower corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"12 x 12 cm","offer_id":42479640150086,"sku":"14:29#12X12CM","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 x 20 cm","offer_id":42479640182854,"sku":"14:10#20X20CM","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S8388f5c79ad349f6aa17caf60658d573S.webp?v=1738198387"},{"product_id":"manual-water-flosser-battery-free","title":"Manual Water Flosser – Battery-Free Portable Oral Irrigator, 3 Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eA manual water flosser that runs on hand power instead of batteries: twist open the tank, fill it with water, and press the button to push a fine jet between your teeth and along the gumline. With no motor, charger or plug, it fits a wash bag for trips and works at any sink. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/beauty\"\u003eBeauty \u0026amp; Personal Care\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo battery or cable\u003c\/strong\u003e – a hand pump makes the pressure, so it never needs charging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine 0.6 mm nozzle\u003c\/strong\u003e – a narrow jet to rinse between teeth and around braces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwist-open tank\u003c\/strong\u003e – rotate the top to open, fill and close\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim handheld body\u003c\/strong\u003e – easy to hold and to pack for travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree colours\u003c\/strong\u003e – pink, black or blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual (pump) oral irrigator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone, hand operated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNozzle jet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePink, black, blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotate the head to open the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill with lukewarm water and rotate to close\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLean over the sink, aim the nozzle between the teeth and press the button\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmpty and rinse the tank after each use, then let it dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA water flosser is a cleaning aid, not a medical device or a replacement for brushing and dental check-ups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the manual water flosser need batteries or charging?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the manual water flosser has no battery or motor: you fill the tank and press the pump button to push a jet of water through the nozzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I fill the manual water flosser?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwist the top of the manual water flosser to open it, fill the tank with water, twist it closed and press the button to start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the manual water flosser good for travel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the manual water flosser is a slim handheld unit that needs no plug or charger, so it packs easily in a wash bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes a water flosser replace brushing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the manual water flosser rinses food bits from between the teeth after brushing; keep brushing twice a day and follow your dentist's advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42479643066438,"sku":"14:1052","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42479643099206,"sku":"14:193","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":42479643131974,"sku":"14:173","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S074c3b99cda44e68813beee7b39c9a7fi.webp?v=1738198389"},{"product_id":"stainless-steel-meatball-maker-tongs","title":"Meatball Maker Tongs – Stainless Steel Scoop, 3.5, 4 or 4.8 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eMeatball maker tongs keep your hands clean of raw mince: squeeze the scissor handles and the two steel cups close around a ball of even size. Open them over the pan and it drops out, ready for the next one. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo steel cups\u003c\/strong\u003e – close into a round mold, so a batch of balls cooks at the same speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScissor handles\u003c\/strong\u003e – finger loops give you a firm squeeze with one hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3.5 cm suits soup balls and melon, 4 cm suits rice balls, and 4.8 cm suits a dinner meatball\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece look\u003c\/strong\u003e – a simple stainless tool with no springs to clean around\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eS\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 cm spoon diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eM\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 cm spoon diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 cm spoon diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTool length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 16 to 17 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep fingers clear of the hinge as the cups close, since they can pinch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChill the mix for a while first if it feels too soft to hold a shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size meatball maker should I pick?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePick the S meatball maker for 3.5 cm soup balls and melon, the M for 4 cm rice balls and appetizers, and the L for 4.8 cm dinner meatballs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill meat stick to these meatball tongs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSlightly damp meatball tongs release more cleanly, so dip the cups in water or oil now and then. Very sticky mixes may need a gentle tap to come free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the stainless steel scoop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash the stainless steel scoop in hot soapy water straight after handling raw meat, open out the cups to reach the hinge, and dry it before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"S","offer_id":42479644409926,"sku":"14:193#S","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"M","offer_id":42479644442694,"sku":"14:173#M","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"L","offer_id":42479644475462,"sku":"14:350850#L","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S01a919ba0914465d8af01ee108ce1b90b.webp?v=1738198393"},{"product_id":"fluffy-tie-dye-shag-area-rug","title":"Fluffy Shag Area Rug – Tie-Dye Polyester, 40 x 60 to 120 x 160 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis fluffy shag area rug gives a cold bedroom floor something soft underfoot, with long polyester pile dyed in cloudy tie-dye patches. The smallest size works as a bedside mat, and the largest covers the space in front of a sofa or bed. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gifts-decorations\"\u003eGifts \u0026amp; Decorations\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong soft pile\u003c\/strong\u003e – a deep polyester shag you can sit or lie on with a book\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCloudy tie-dye color\u003c\/strong\u003e – each of the six shades blends light and dark patches, which hides small marks better than a plain rug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e – two small mats and two larger rugs, so one color can run through a room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine-made and washable\u003c\/strong\u003e – the supplier lists hand or machine wash, and the small sizes fit a home washer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 60 cm, 50 x 80 cm, 80 x 160 cm, 120 x 160 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes in inches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.7 x 23.6, 19.7 x 31.5, 31.5 x 63, 47.2 x 63\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight Gray, Dark Gray, Mauve, Camel, Pastel Rainbow, Sky Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTie-dye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWashing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand or machine wash\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the fluffy shag rug waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the fluffy shag rug is not sold as waterproof. Long polyester pile soaks up spills, so it suits bedrooms and living rooms better than a kitchen or a shower door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the shag area rug slide on a hard floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA shag area rug can shift on tile or wood, so use a rug pad on hard floors and keep it away from stairs, as it can be a trip risk for young children and older people.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich area rug size fits beside a bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAn 80 x 160 cm area rug runs along one side of a bed, and 120 x 160 cm sits under the lower part of a bed or in front of a sofa. Measure your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the shag rug shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNew shag pile can release loose fibers at first. Give the shag rug a good shake outdoors, vacuum it with the beater bar off, and keep it clear of heaters and open flames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Light Gray \/ 40 x 60 cm","offer_id":42494661165126,"sku":"14:94#type1;5:89454522#40x60cm","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mauve \/ 40 x 60 cm","offer_id":42494661197894,"sku":"14:1052#type3;5:89454522#40x60cm","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Gray \/ 80 x 160 cm","offer_id":42494661230662,"sku":"14:94#type1;5:124742890#80x160cm","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mauve \/ 80 x 160 cm","offer_id":42494661361734,"sku":"14:1052#type3;5:124742890#80x160cm","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Gray \/ 40 x 60 cm","offer_id":42494661394502,"sku":"14:193#type2;5:89454522#40x60cm","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Gray \/ 80 x 160 cm","offer_id":42494661427270,"sku":"14:193#type2;5:124742890#80x160cm","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pastel Rainbow \/ 80 x 160 cm","offer_id":42494661460038,"sku":"14:200003699#type5;5:124742890#80x160cm","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sky Blue \/ 40 x 60 cm","offer_id":42494661492806,"sku":"14:173#type6;5:89454522#40x60cm","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Gray \/ 50 x 80 cm","offer_id":42494661525574,"sku":"14:193#type2;5:109722866#50x80cm","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Camel \/ 50 x 80 cm","offer_id":42494661591110,"sku":"14:366#type4;5:109722866#50x80cm","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mauve \/ 50 x 80 cm","offer_id":42494661623878,"sku":"14:1052#type3;5:109722866#50x80cm","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sky Blue \/ 50 x 80 cm","offer_id":42494661656646,"sku":"14:173#type6;5:109722866#50x80cm","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pastel Rainbow \/ 50 x 80 cm","offer_id":42494661689414,"sku":"14:200003699#type5;5:109722866#50x80cm","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Gray \/ 50 x 80 cm","offer_id":42494661722182,"sku":"14:94#type1;5:109722866#50x80cm","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pastel Rainbow \/ 40 x 60 cm","offer_id":42494661754950,"sku":"14:200003699#type5;5:89454522#40x60cm","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Camel \/ 80 x 160 cm","offer_id":42494661787718,"sku":"14:366#type4;5:124742890#80x160cm","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Camel \/ 40 x 60 cm","offer_id":42494661820486,"sku":"14:366#type4;5:89454522#40x60cm","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sky Blue \/ 80 x 160 cm","offer_id":42494661886022,"sku":"14:173#type6;5:124742890#80x160cm","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sfe4446258ac64c2694ba6b8420cbb7d8u_c2ecc08f-8845-4692-b488-06d4bef51c01.webp?v=1738783584"},{"product_id":"galaxy-star-projector-night-light","title":"Galaxy Star Projector Night Light – 4 Styles, Sound Mode, USB","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis galaxy star projector night light turns a dark ceiling into moving aurora swirls, water ripples or a field of stars, from a dome lamp only 8 cm across. It runs from a USB port, so it sits as happily by a gaming desk as on a bedside table, and the sound-active mode lets the colours pulse along with music. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gifts-decorations\"\u003eGifts \u0026amp; Decorations\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour projection styles\u003c\/strong\u003e – Water Ripple, Aurora, Star and Moon, or a multicolour Crystal Ball\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSound-activated modes\u003c\/strong\u003e – colours change in time with music or voices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotating dome\u003c\/strong\u003e – the top turns to keep the pattern moving across walls and ceiling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemote on two styles\u003c\/strong\u003e – Water Ripple and Aurora add a remote for colours, flashing and motor speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB powered\u003c\/strong\u003e – a 100 cm cable connects to any USB adapter, power bank or laptop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED star and galaxy projector night light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 8 cm (3.15 in) wide × 9 cm (3.54 in) tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 V USB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB cable, 100 cm (39.3 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 lighting modes incl. sound-active\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemote\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater Ripple and Aurora styles; 4.5 × 8.5 cm, battery included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing a style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater Ripple – with remote: blue and white wave patterns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAurora – with remote: swirling green, blue and purple bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStar and Moon – no remote: a starry dome with moon cut-outs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal Ball – no remote: multicolour disco-style dots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProjector lamp and USB cable; the remote is included with the Water Ripple and Aurora styles. A USB wall adapter is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich galaxy projector style comes with a remote?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Water Ripple and Aurora styles of the galaxy projector come with a remote; the Star and Moon and Crystal Ball styles are run from the buttons on the lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the galaxy projector need batteries?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe galaxy projector itself runs from USB power through the included 100 cm (39.3 in) cable, so plug it into a USB wall adapter or a computer; the remote's battery ships inside it behind a pull-out insulating sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the galaxy projector react to music?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the galaxy projector has sound-activated modes in which the colours change with music or voices in the room, alongside the fixed colour modes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the galaxy star projector?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe galaxy star projector is about 8 cm (3.15 in) wide and 9 cm (3.54 in) tall, small enough for a bedside table or a desk shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Water Ripple – with Remote","offer_id":42495167463494,"sku":"136:1063#Water with Remote","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Star and Moon – No Remote","offer_id":42495167496262,"sku":"136:173#Star Moon No Remote","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Aurora – with Remote","offer_id":42495167529030,"sku":"136:865#Aurora with Remote","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Crystal Ball – No Remote","offer_id":42495167561798,"sku":"136:504#Crystal No Remote","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S7b4a555af2984a41af3ba6545e3270d7X.webp?v=1738794725"},{"product_id":"lip-balm-jar-set-4-6-8","title":"Lip Balm Jar Set – Jelly Lip Balm, 4, 6 or 8 Small Jars","description":"\u003cp\u003eA box of little jars gives you one lip balm for every bag and bedside table. This lip balm jar set holds 4, 6 or 8 clear jelly-style balms with blue screw lids and fruit or floral labels, and each one is a small jar you dip a finger into. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/beauty\"\u003eBeauty \u0026amp; Personal Care\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJelly-style balm\u003c\/strong\u003e – a soft, glossy balm that moisturises and leaves a shine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall screw-top jars\u003c\/strong\u003e – easy to keep in a pocket or on a desk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed designs\u003c\/strong\u003e – avocado, honey, rose and original jars appear in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDay or night\u003c\/strong\u003e – wear a thin coat by day or a thicker layer at bedtime\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift box\u003c\/strong\u003e – the jars come in a clear-window box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, 6 or 8 jars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJelly lip balm in screw-top jars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesigns shown\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvocado, honey, rose, original\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaily or overnight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee the pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4, 6 or 8 lip balm jars in a box, as chosen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lip balms are in each set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lip balm jar set comes as 4, 6 or 8 small jars, as shown in the photo for each pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat flavors are in the lip balm jar set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe photos of the lip balm jar set show avocado, honey, rose and original jars, with other fruit designs in the larger boxes. The mix can differ by pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the lip balm be worn overnight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lip balm jar set is a jelly-style balm you can apply as a thick layer before bed, as well as during the day. It is a cosmetic and not a treatment for sore or cracked lips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if I have sensitive skin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRead the ingredient list on the pack before using the lip balm jar set, and stop using it if your lips become irritated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"8 Jars","offer_id":42495169331270,"sku":"200001176:200000195#8pcs","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Jars","offer_id":42495169364038,"sku":"200001176:1254#6pcs","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Jars","offer_id":42495169396806,"sku":"200001176:200004889#4pcs","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sc298f763570146b096f8679e494eb652U.webp?v=1738794727"},{"product_id":"refrigerator-door-organizer-space-saving-food-egg-storage-container","title":"Fridge Door Storage Box – Clear Plastic Bin, 11.7 x 9 x 12 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eA fridge door storage box stops small things from rolling behind the milk: slot it into the door shelf and keep lemons, sachets or eggs in one place. The scooped front lets you see in and lift things out, and the clear walls make it easy to check what is left. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim door size\u003c\/strong\u003e – 9 cm deep for door shelves, though it also works on a main shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScooped front\u003c\/strong\u003e – a dip in the front wall lets you reach in without lifting the bin out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e – see the contents at a glance from the kitchen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRibbed base detail\u003c\/strong\u003e – the textured strip at the bottom adds some grip for loose produce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.7 x 9 x 12 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFridge door shelf or main shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse one for eggs, one for sauces or one for snacks, and check the shelf is clean first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift it out to refill it, so you can see the use-by dates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fridge door storage box fit my door shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis fridge door storage box is 9 cm deep and 11.7 cm wide. Measure your door shelf's inside depth before buying, as some shelves have a narrow lip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fridge bins come in one order?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne fridge bin comes with each order. If you want a full row across the door, as in the photos, add several to your cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I clean a clear fridge box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHand wash a clear fridge box in warm soapy water and dry it fully before returning it to the fridge. Avoid scouring pads, which can leave scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42513942216774,"sku":"14:10#1PCs","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sda9d815f040e405cb61fffafca97ae4ae.webp?v=1739302552"},{"product_id":"compact-8x21-monocular-telescope-pocket-scope","title":"Compact Monocular Telescope – 8x21 Pocket Scope, 9 cm Long","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a look at a distant bird or a far shore without carrying binoculars, this compact monocular telescope slips into a jeans pocket and weighs on nothing but a wrist strap. Its spec sheet lists 8x magnification through a 21 mm front lens, which suits casual daytime viewing on a walk or at the lake. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePocket length\u003c\/strong\u003e – only 9 cm long, about half the height of a small water bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8x magnification\u003c\/strong\u003e – brings a subject eight times closer, per the spec sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e21 mm objective lens\u003c\/strong\u003e – a small front lens that fits a light daytime scope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrist strap\u003c\/strong\u003e – a loop to keep it from dropping while fishing or hiking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwist focus\u003c\/strong\u003e – the rubber ring turns to sharpen the view\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMagnification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8x\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eObjective lens\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21 mm (0.827 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExit pupil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 mm (0.138 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEye relief\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 mm (0.354 in), listed as visual range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eField of view\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7°, 131 m at 1000 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum focus\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 cm (3.54 in) long, 3 cm (1.18 in) across\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater resistance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPX6 listed by supplier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this monocular really 2000x?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The body of this monocular telescope prints 2000X25, but its own spec sheet lists 8x magnification with a 21 mm lens. Expect 8x, as in ordinary pocket binoculars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the compact monocular work at night?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis compact monocular has no night vision and no sensor. Like any small optic it needs light, so daylight suits it and the view fades at dusk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe to look at the sun through a monocular?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNever point a monocular telescope at the sun, because it can seriously hurt your eyes. Do not leave it where a child could do so, and use it only for ordinary daytime views.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42513943461958,"sku":"14:771#1pc","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S565b9067baf4485c8b4aad66c8812f2ax.webp?v=1739302554"},{"product_id":"cobblestone-bath-mat-memory-foam-40x60","title":"Cobblestone Bath Mat – Soft Memory Foam, 40 x 60 cm, Machine Washable","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis cobblestone bath mat is a 40 x 60 cm rug with a soft coral fleece top pressed into a raised pebble pattern over a memory sponge layer, so it feels cushioned under bare feet when you step out of the shower. The back is covered in small grip dots to help it stay put on tile. It goes in the washing machine, and the five colors, coffee, gray, apricot, navy blue and black, suit most bathrooms; it also works by the bed or the sink. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gifts-decorations\"\u003eGifts \u0026amp; Decorations\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePebble pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e – the fleece top is embossed with raised cobblestones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMemory sponge\u003c\/strong\u003e – a soft cushioned layer under the fleece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip dots\u003c\/strong\u003e – a dotted underside to help it stay in place on tile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40 x 60 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e – sized for in front of a tub, shower or sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/strong\u003e – wash it with towels and let it dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBath mat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 60 cm (15.7 x 23.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoral fleece, cobblestone embossed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMemory sponge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDotted grip backing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCare\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoffee, gray, apricot, navy blue, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the cobblestone bath mat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cobblestone bath mat measures 40 x 60 cm (15.7 x 23.6 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wash the cobblestone bath mat in the machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The cobblestone bath mat is machine washable; use a gentle cycle and let it air dry fully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the bath mat slip on a tiled floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cobblestone bath mat has grip dots on the back to help it stay put; place it on a clean, dry floor and check it before stepping on it with wet feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bath mat thick and soft?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The cobblestone bath mat has a memory sponge layer under the coral fleece, so it feels cushioned underfoot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Coffee","offer_id":42513944543302,"sku":"14:29#Coffee;183:200007736#40x60cm","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":42513944576070,"sku":"14:173#Grey;183:200007736#40x60cm","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Apricot","offer_id":42513944608838,"sku":"14:193#Apricot;183:200007736#40x60cm","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy Blue","offer_id":42513944641606,"sku":"14:175#Navy Blue;183:200007736#40x60cm","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42513944674374,"sku":"14:1052#Black;183:200007736#40x60cm","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S1027660567ca4336a6f375ee898cdc92I.webp?v=1739302558"},{"product_id":"reusable-double-sided-tape-clear-strips","title":"Reusable Double-Sided Tape – Clear Strips 1.2 x 3.8 cm, 60 or 120 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis reusable double-sided tape holds a car ornament on the dashboard or a power strip inside a cabinet, with no drill or screws. Each clear strip comes ready cut, and when it picks up dust you rinse it, let it dry, and it grips again. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-and-outdoor-items\"\u003eHome Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady-cut strips\u003c\/strong\u003e – each piece is 1.2 x 3.8 cm, and you can trim it with scissors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWashable\u003c\/strong\u003e – rinse off dust and let it dry to reuse the strip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear gel look\u003c\/strong\u003e – disappears behind a light picture frame or small box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBag or box\u003c\/strong\u003e – loose strips in a bag, or a red box of 60 for keeping them clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrip size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 x 3.8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 or 120 strips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBag or 1 box of 60, 2 boxes of 120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWorks on\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic tile, glass, metal, wood, plastic, marble\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUneven, wet, powdery or painted surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces does reusable double-sided tape stick to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReusable double-sided tape sticks to smooth ceramic tile, glass, metal, wood, plastic and marble. It is not for uneven, wet, powdery or painted walls, per the maker's chart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the double-sided strips hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe maker gives no tested weight for these double-sided strips, so use them only for light items. Never hang anything heavy, breakable or overhead, where a fall could hurt someone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I reuse a clear gel tape strip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeel the clear gel tape strip away slowly, rinse it in water, let it air dry completely, then press it back on. It loses grip over time, so replace worn strips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the clear tape damage painted walls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClear tape can lift paint, so avoid painted walls and wallpaper. On any delicate finish, test a small piece in a hidden spot first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"120 Strips, Bag","offer_id":42514282774598,"sku":"14:350686#120pcs no box","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"60 Strips, Bag","offer_id":42514282807366,"sku":"14:3291#60pcs no box","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Boxes, 120 Strips","offer_id":42514282840134,"sku":"14:350850#2box 120pcs","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Box, 60 Strips","offer_id":42514282872902,"sku":"14:200001951#1box 60pcs","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S11846384702046cfa9bc4ba5917e0bfeA.webp?v=1739317275"},{"product_id":"clear-double-sided-tape-washable","title":"Clear Double-Sided Tape – Washable Nano Gel, 1 to 5 m Rolls","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis clear double-sided tape holds small things to walls, tiles, desks and cabinets without drilling, and when it collects dust you can rinse it, let it dry and use it again. The gel tape is 1 mm thick and transparent, so it all but disappears behind a soap holder, remote or power strip. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-and-outdoor-items\"\u003eHome Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWashable grip\u003c\/strong\u003e – dirty tape can be scrubbed under water and reused once dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof\u003c\/strong\u003e – suited to sinks, washbasins, bathtubs and shower shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCut to any length\u003c\/strong\u003e – trim pieces with scissors for each job\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo widths\u003c\/strong\u003e – 20 mm for slim items, 30 mm for wider bases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour roll lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e – 1, 2, 3 or 5 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransparent double-sided gel tape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm or 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 m, 2 m, 3 m or 5 m roll\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe and dry the surface, cut a piece, peel the film and press it on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel the second film and press the item in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTested places in the photos: gas stove, sink, washbasin, bathtub, shelf, wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne roll of clear double-sided tape in the length and width you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the clear double-sided tape be reused?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, when the clear double-sided tape gets dusty and loses grip, rinse it under water and let it dry, and it sticks again, as the supplier's photos show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich width of double-sided tape should I buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose the 30 mm double-sided tape for wider items such as phone holders, mats and racks, and the 20 mm tape for slim things like cable runs and small hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick is the double-sided tape?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe clear double-sided tape is 1 mm thick, thin enough to sit almost hidden behind the item it holds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cut the double-sided tape to size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the clear double-sided tape cuts with ordinary scissors to any length you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"2 m \/ 20 mm","offer_id":42514285232198,"sku":"158:201336455;328:100016950;380:201299124","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 m \/ 30 mm","offer_id":42514285264966,"sku":"158:201336455;328:200000528;380:200006478","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 m \/ 20 mm","offer_id":42514285297734,"sku":"158:201336455;328:100016950;380:200007635","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 m \/ 20 mm","offer_id":42514285330502,"sku":"158:201336455;328:100016950;380:200025003","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 m \/ 20 mm","offer_id":42514285363270,"sku":"158:201336455;328:100016950;380:200006478","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 m \/ 30 mm","offer_id":42514285396038,"sku":"158:201336455;328:200000528;380:201299124","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 m \/ 30 mm","offer_id":42514285428806,"sku":"158:201336455;328:200000528;380:200007635","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 m \/ 30 mm","offer_id":42514285461574,"sku":"158:201336455;328:200000528;380:200025003","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S491cdf67381c4f73bd2f876cb8561380D.webp?v=1739317284"},{"product_id":"mini-digital-spoon-scale-lcd-kitchen-weighing-tool-for-flour-milk-coffee-0-1-500g","title":"Digital Spoon Scale – 500 g by 0.1 g, LCD, 4 Units, 1 or 2 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis digital spoon scale weighs flour, coffee or spices right in the bowl as you scoop, up to 500 g in 0.1 g steps, so there is no separate scale to clear off the counter. Hold it by the handle while you read the LCD, because it is made to be used in the hand and not set on a table. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.1 g steps\u003c\/strong\u003e – small doses of coffee, yeast and spices register clearly up to the 500 g maximum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour units\u003c\/strong\u003e – the mode button switches between g, oz, ct and gn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTare and hold\u003c\/strong\u003e – a long press turns it on or off, a short press zeros the bowl, and the lock button holds the last reading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e – the spoon head comes off for washing, and the handle stays dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging hole\u003c\/strong\u003e – a loop in the handle end lets it hang on a kitchen hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStep\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eg, oz, ct, gn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 CR2032 button battery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 x 2.3 x 0.8 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 or 2 scales\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety note\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButton batteries are dangerous if swallowed: keep spare batteries and the scale's battery cover away from small children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a battery included with the spoon scale?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe spoon scale runs on one CR2032 button battery, and supplier details differ on whether it ships inside. If you find a plastic tab in the battery slot, pull it out before first use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the spoon scale show a wrong weight on the table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe spoon scale has to be held by its handle to read correctly, because it does not weigh when resting on a table. Wait a few seconds after switching on for the display to settle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wash the digital spoon scale?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTake the bowl off the digital spoon scale and wash that part. Keep the handle with the display and battery away from water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the spoon scale measure liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the spoon scale photos show liquids such as oil and soy sauce as well as grains and powders, up to 500 g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Light Green, 2 Pack","offer_id":42514285658182,"sku":"14:200002130#2PCS Light green;200000935:3614","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink, 2 Pack","offer_id":42514285690950,"sku":"14:200002984#2PCS Pink;200000935:3614","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Emerald Green, 2 Pack","offer_id":42514285723718,"sku":"14:200003699#2PCS Emerald green;200000935:3614","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red, 2 Pack","offer_id":42514285756486,"sku":"14:200004870#2PCS Red;200000935:3614","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White, 2 Pack","offer_id":42514285789254,"sku":"14:200004889#2PCS White;200000935:3614","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black, 2 Pack","offer_id":42514285822022,"sku":"14:200006156#2PCS Black;200000935:3614","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green","offer_id":42514285854790,"sku":"14:200013901#Light green;200000935:3614","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42514285887558,"sku":"14:200006155#Pink;200000935:3614","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Emerald Green","offer_id":42514285920326,"sku":"14:200006154#Emerald green;200000935:3614","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42514285953094,"sku":"14:200006153#Red;200000935:3614","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":42514285985862,"sku":"14:200006152#White;200000935:3614","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42514286018630,"sku":"14:200006151#Black;200000935:3614","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sf4a7cbc75da94bd190c445de3cc181cbc.webp?v=1739317287"},{"product_id":"satin-bonnet-adjustable-sleep-cap","title":"Satin Bonnet – Adjustable Sleep Cap with Tie Band, 16 Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eA satin bonnet to sleep in: a roomy gathered cap of smooth satin that holds curls, braids or a silk press overnight, with a wide band that ties at the front so it stays where you set it. It fits heads 56 to 60 cm around and comes in 16 colours, from black and navy to champagne and coffee. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/fashion\"\u003eFashion\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth satin\u003c\/strong\u003e – hair slides on it instead of rubbing on cotton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTie band\u003c\/strong\u003e – a wide front band you knot to adjust the fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoomy crown\u003c\/strong\u003e – space for curls, braids and long hair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnisex\u003c\/strong\u003e – a plain cap for anyone who wraps their hair at night\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 colours\u003c\/strong\u003e – solid shades from black to light pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead 56–60 cm (22–23.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable tie band\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash in cool water with mild soap and hang to dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it out of a hot dryer so the satin stays smooth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the satin bonnet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe satin bonnet fits a head circumference of 56 to 60 cm (22 to 23.6 in), and the tie band lets you tighten it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the satin bonnet real silk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the satin bonnet is made of smooth satin fabric, not silk; satin gives the same slippery surface that lets hair glide instead of rubbing on a cotton pillowcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the satin bonnet stay on all night?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe satin bonnet has a wide band that ties at the front, so you can set how tight it sits before you sleep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan men wear the satin bonnet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the satin bonnet is a plain unisex sleep cap for anyone with long, curly, braided or locked hair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Champagne","offer_id":42514394382406,"sku":"14:350853#Champagne","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rose","offer_id":42514394415174,"sku":"14:496#Rose","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki","offer_id":42514394447942,"sku":"14:365458#Khaki","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sky Blue","offer_id":42514394480710,"sku":"14:350850#Sky Blue","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":42514394513478,"sku":"14:350852#Orange","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Purple","offer_id":42514394546246,"sku":"14:366#Dark Purple","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Pink","offer_id":42514394579014,"sku":"14:1052#Dark Pink","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":42514394611782,"sku":"14:771#Beige","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Purple","offer_id":42514394644550,"sku":"14:200003699#Light Purple","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffee","offer_id":42514394677318,"sku":"14:200002130#Coffee","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy Blue","offer_id":42514394710086,"sku":"14:29#Navy Blue","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42514394742854,"sku":"14:10#Red","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":42514394775622,"sku":"14:175#Green","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Pink","offer_id":42514394808390,"sku":"14:173#Light Pink","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Royal Blue","offer_id":42514394841158,"sku":"14:691#Royal Blue","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42514394873926,"sku":"14:193#Black","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sfefaa37595c046b2b7340913df75b24dd.webp?v=1739322872"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/collections\/elysianoble-gifts-under-20.webp?v=1794298293","url":"https:\/\/elysianoble.com\/collections\/under-20.oembed","provider":"Elysianoble","version":"1.0","type":"link"}